1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
326 This, however, is due
327 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
328 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
329 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
330 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
332 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
333 this doesn't work for equations yet.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
345 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
350 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
351 ing sections of this documentation.
354 \begin_layout Section
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
385 without resorting to configuration files.
386 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
387 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
388 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
840 can identify them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We'll start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1200 LyX offers also an advanced
1203 \begin_inset space ~
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1212 feature that is described in sec.
1213 \begin_inset space ~
1217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1219 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1226 \begin_layout Standard
1227 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1228 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1230 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1235 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1242 \begin_layout Section
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset Index idx
1257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1266 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1275 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1281 or the toolbar button
1287 to undo some mistake.
1288 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1293 or the toolbar button
1300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1307 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1311 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1314 \begin_layout Standard
1315 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1324 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1325 This is a consequence of the 100
1326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1329 step undo limit, above.
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1341 work on almost everything in LyX.
1342 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1346 \begin_layout Section
1348 \begin_inset Index idx
1351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1361 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1364 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1374 once anywhere in the edit window.
1375 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1390 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1393 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1396 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1399 \begin_layout Itemize
1400 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1409 \begin_layout Enumerate
1410 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1414 \begin_layout Standard
1415 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1416 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1420 \begin_layout Enumerate
1425 \begin_layout Standard
1430 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1435 \begin_layout Section
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1439 name "sec:Navigating"
1444 \begin_inset Index idx
1447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1466 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 or by the toolbar button
1478 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1484 \begin_layout Itemize
1485 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 and use the same menu to return to them.
1491 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1498 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1508 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1509 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1510 your last editing position.
1513 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_layout Standard
1518 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1526 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1527 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1533 LatexCommand formatted
1534 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1538 ), or notes, or citations (see
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1540 LatexCommand formatted
1541 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1546 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1548 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1549 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1550 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1551 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1554 LatexCommand formatted
1555 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1559 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1561 LatexCommand formatted
1562 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1567 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1571 \begin_layout Standard
1572 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1573 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1574 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1575 dialog and to modify the citation.
1576 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1583 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1584 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1592 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1597 you further to control the display.
1602 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1603 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1608 option keeps it in the current view state.
1609 Keeping means that when you have e.
1610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1614 \begin_inset space \space{}
1617 the subsections of section
1618 \begin_inset space ~
1621 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 3, the subsections of section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1634 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1649 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/reload.png
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1667 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1668 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/down.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1687 \begin_inset space \space{}
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../images/up.png
1694 groupId toolbarbuttons
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1702 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1703 So, for example, you can move section
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1711 2.4 or after section
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1716 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1718 \begin_inset Graphics
1719 filename ../images/promote.png
1721 groupId toolbarbuttons
1726 \begin_inset Graphics
1727 filename ../images/demote.png
1729 groupId toolbarbuttons
1733 (or the corresponding key bindings
1741 ) you can change the level of sections.
1742 So you can for example make section
1743 \begin_inset space ~
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1757 \begin_layout Section
1758 Input / Word Completion
1759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1761 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_inset Index idx
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 \begin_layout Standard
1811 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1813 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1814 is used to propose completions.
1817 \begin_layout Standard
1818 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1819 there are completions available.
1820 You can then press the
1824 key to use this completion.
1825 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1826 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1827 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1834 \begin_layout Standard
1835 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1837 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1840 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1842 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1845 by deselecting the option
1848 \begin_inset space ~
1857 \begin_inset space ~
1861 \begin_inset space ~
1866 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1867 To accept this proposal, use the
1876 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1877 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1885 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1892 \begin_layout Section
1894 \begin_inset Index idx
1897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_inset Index idx
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1970 \begin_layout Standard
1971 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1972 LyX's default is CUA.
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
2008 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2017 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2018 LatexCommand nomenclature
2020 description "Tabulator key"
2026 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2027 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2045 , especially section
2046 \begin_inset space ~
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2052 reference "sub:Lists"
2058 If you're still confused, look in the
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2071 LatexCommand nomenclature
2073 description "Escape key"
2080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2088 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2091 \begin_layout Labeling
2092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2109 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2110 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 There are three modifier keys:
2118 \begin_layout Labeling
2119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2137 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2138 LatexCommand nomenclature
2140 description "Control key"
2144 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2145 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2149 \begin_layout Itemize
2158 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2161 \begin_layout Itemize
2170 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2173 \begin_layout Itemize
2182 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2186 \begin_layout Labeling
2187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2206 LatexCommand nomenclature
2208 description "Shift key"
2212 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2213 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2216 \begin_layout Labeling
2217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2236 LatexCommand nomenclature
2238 description "Alt or Meta key"
2242 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2243 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2244 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2250 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2252 menu accelerator keys
2255 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2256 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2260 \begin_layout Standard
2261 For example, the sequence
2262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset space ~
2272 \begin_inset space ~
2278 \begin_inset space ~
2286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2305 \begin_inset space ~
2311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2326 manual lists all other things bound to the
2334 \begin_layout Standard
2335 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2336 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2337 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2338 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2339 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2340 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2341 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2343 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2359 followed by a capital
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2369 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2374 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2377 as explained in sec.
2378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2384 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2391 \begin_layout Chapter
2393 \begin_inset Index idx
2396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2405 \begin_layout Section
2407 \begin_inset Index idx
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2419 \begin_layout Subsection
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2424 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2425 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2426 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2427 numbering schemes, and so on.
2428 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2429 and format the title of your document differently.
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2437 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2438 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2439 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2440 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2441 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2444 \begin_layout Standard
2445 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2446 how to adjust their properties.
2449 \begin_layout Subsection
2451 \begin_inset Index idx
2454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2463 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2470 \begin_layout Standard
2471 You can select a class using the
2473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2474 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2478 \begin_inset Index idx
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2496 \begin_layout Standard
2497 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Article for basic articles
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Report for basic reports
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 Book for writing a book
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Letter for US-style letters
2517 \begin_layout Standard
2518 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2519 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2520 will include many of these.
2521 Here are some of the classes.
2522 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2524 Special Document Classes
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2549 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2550 There are three article layouts available.
2551 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2552 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2553 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2554 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2559 sequential numbering
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2563 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2564 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2565 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2566 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Beamer Layout for presentations
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2575 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2583 \begin_layout Description
2585 \begin_inset space ~
2588 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Foils Used to make transparencies
2599 \begin_layout Description
2600 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2601 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2607 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2618 \begin_layout Description
2619 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2620 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2621 (Is used by this document.)
2624 \begin_layout Description
2625 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2632 \begin_layout Description
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2644 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2645 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2647 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Slides Used to make transparencies
2654 \begin_layout Description
2656 \begin_inset space ~
2659 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2660 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2670 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2676 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2677 of the document classes.
2680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2685 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2688 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2690 \begin_inset Index idx
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2710 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2711 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2713 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2718 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2719 and some of them, like
2723 , are highly specialized.
2724 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2725 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2727 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2728 by some document class.
2729 There are just too many of them.
2730 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2743 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2744 document class for a new file.
2745 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2750 Installing new LaTeX files
2751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2758 manual for information on how to install them.
2759 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2765 \begin_layout Standard
2766 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2767 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2769 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2770 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2771 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2773 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2776 \begin_inset space ~
2783 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2795 \begin_inset Index idx
2798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 \begin_layout Standard
2808 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2809 chosen document class.
2810 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2811 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2822 \begin_inset Index idx
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2838 always installed by default.
2839 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2840 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2841 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2842 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2843 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2844 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2845 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2852 \begin_inset Index idx
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 Reconfiguration of LyX
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2865 Installing new LaTeX files
2866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2873 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2885 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2886 LyX will advise you about these things.
2894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2896 \begin_inset Index idx
2899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2900 Document ! Local Layout
2908 \begin_layout Standard
2909 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2910 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2911 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2912 writing a module for this purpose.
2913 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2914 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2916 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2917 What you want is LyX's
2918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2926 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2934 \begin_layout Standard
2935 Each class has a default set of options.
2936 Here's a quick table describing them:
2939 \begin_layout Standard
2940 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2946 \begin_layout Standard
2948 \begin_inset Tabular
2949 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2950 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3409 \begin_layout Standard
3410 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 You're probably also wondering what
3418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3422 \begin_inset space ~
3426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3430 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3431 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3436 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3441 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3451 headings, there are also
3459 headings, and so on.
3460 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3461 \begin_inset space ~
3465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3467 reference "sub:Headings"
3474 \begin_layout Subsection
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3478 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3483 \begin_inset Index idx
3486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3495 \begin_inset Index idx
3498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3507 \begin_layout Standard
3508 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3521 \begin_inset space ~
3526 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3528 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3529 to use for your document.
3530 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3534 \begin_layout Standard
3541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3547 \begin_inset space ~
3552 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3553 You can choose between the following five options:
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 Use default page style of current class.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3571 No page numbers or headings.
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3583 \begin_layout Labeling
3584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3589 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3590 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3591 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3600 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3606 \begin_inset Index idx
3609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3610 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3616 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3617 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3619 Check the documentation for the
3623 package for more details,
3624 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3638 of paragraphs is described in section
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3645 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3652 \begin_layout Subsection
3653 Paper Size and Orientation
3654 \begin_inset Index idx
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 Document ! Paper size
3664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3666 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 You find the following options in the menu
3677 \begin_inset space ~
3682 of the dialog of the
3684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3690 \begin_inset Index idx
3693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3702 \begin_layout Labeling
3703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3707 \begin_inset space ~
3712 What size paper to print on.
3717 \begin_layout Itemize
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3741 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 US letter, US legal, US executive
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3753 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Labeling
3761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3766 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3777 \begin_layout Labeling
3778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3782 \begin_inset space ~
3787 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3788 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3791 \begin_layout Subsection
3793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3800 \begin_inset Index idx
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3810 \begin_inset Index idx
3813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 Paper margins are set in the menu
3825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3829 \begin_inset Index idx
3832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3841 \begin_layout Standard
3842 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3843 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3844 the paper format and the font size into account.
3847 \begin_layout Subsection
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3852 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3857 That includes the paragraph environments.
3858 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3859 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3860 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3861 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3870 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3872 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3873 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3874 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3877 \begin_layout Section
3878 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 Paragraph ! Indentation
3891 \begin_layout Subsection
3893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3895 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3904 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3909 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3910 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3911 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3915 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3921 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3922 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3923 language than English.
3924 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3927 \begin_layout Standard
3928 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3929 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3931 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3932 LyX takes care of that.
3933 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3935 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3936 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3937 of a page, and so on.
3941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3942 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3947 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3948 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3952 of these pre-coded spacings.
3953 We'll explain more later.
3956 \begin_layout Subsection
3957 Paragraph Separation
3958 \begin_inset Index idx
3961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3962 Paragraph ! Separation
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To separate paragraphs, select
3982 \begin_inset space ~
3989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3993 \begin_inset Index idx
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4002 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4005 \begin_layout Subsection
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4015 \begin_inset space ~
4020 dialog and toggle the
4023 \begin_inset space ~
4028 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4031 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4035 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4036 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4042 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4045 \begin_layout Subsection
4047 \begin_inset Index idx
4050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4051 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4066 \begin_inset Index idx
4069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4078 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4081 \begin_inset space ~
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4096 \begin_inset Index idx
4099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4100 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4105 installed to use this feature.
4113 \begin_layout Section
4114 Paragraph Environments
4115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4117 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4122 \begin_inset Index idx
4125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4126 Paragraph ! Environments
4132 \begin_inset Index idx
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4136 Paragraph environments|(
4144 \begin_layout Subsection
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4149 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4171 \begin_inset Newline newline
4174 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4175 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4176 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4185 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4188 \begin_layout Standard
4189 A paragraph environment is simply a
4190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4197 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4198 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4199 scheme, labels, and so on.
4200 Additionally, you can
4201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4208 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4209 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4210 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4211 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4212 days of typewriters.
4213 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4215 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4218 \begin_layout Standard
4219 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4220 \begin_inset Graphics
4221 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4227 at the left end of the toolbar.
4228 LyX will change the environment of the
4232 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4233 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4234 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4247 create a new paragraph using the
4251 paragraph environment.
4253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4260 because if you are in one of these environments:
4263 \begin_layout Itemize
4269 \begin_layout Itemize
4275 \begin_layout Itemize
4281 \begin_layout Itemize
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 \begin_layout Standard
4306 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4310 , rather than resetting it to
4315 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4316 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4317 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4318 \begin_inset space ~
4322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4324 reference "sec:Nesting"
4329 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4334 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4335 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4339 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4345 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 The default paragraph environment is
4355 It creates a plain paragraph.
4356 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4357 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4358 this manual) are in the
4365 \begin_layout Standard
4366 You can nest a paragraph using the
4370 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4378 \begin_layout Subsection
4380 \begin_inset Index idx
4383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4392 \begin_layout Standard
4393 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4402 for thanks or contact information.
4403 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4404 page along with today's date.
4405 For other types of documents, the title
4406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4413 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4418 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4432 Here's how you use them:
4435 \begin_layout Itemize
4436 Put the title of your document in the
4443 \begin_layout Itemize
4444 Put the author name in the
4451 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4453 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4459 Note that using this environment is optional.
4460 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4461 If you don't want any date, add the line
4462 \begin_inset Newline newline
4472 \begin_inset Newline newline
4475 to the preamble of your document (menu
4477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 You can use footnotes to insert
4485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4492 or contact information.
4495 \begin_layout Subsection
4497 \begin_inset Index idx
4500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4517 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4518 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4523 \begin_inset Index idx
4526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 Section headings ! Numbered
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4540 \begin_layout Enumerate
4546 \begin_layout Enumerate
4552 \begin_layout Enumerate
4558 \begin_layout Enumerate
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4576 \begin_layout Enumerate
4582 \begin_layout Standard
4583 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4584 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4585 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4590 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4591 You group the book into chapters.
4592 LyX does similar grouping:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4600 is divided in either
4611 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_layout Itemize
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4680 Not all document types use the
4684 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4689 is the top-level heading.
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4702 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4703 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4705 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_inset Index idx
4722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4723 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4731 \begin_layout Standard
4732 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4742 \begin_layout Enumerate
4748 \begin_layout Enumerate
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4760 \begin_layout Enumerate
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4775 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4776 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4777 table of contents, see section
4778 \begin_inset space ~
4782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4792 Changing the Numbering
4793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4795 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4803 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4804 in the Table of Contents.
4805 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4807 Certain classes start with
4821 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4831 This is something you can change.
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4843 \begin_inset Index idx
4846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4857 \begin_inset space ~
4861 \begin_inset space ~
4866 you'll see two counters.
4871 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4873 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4878 Short Titles of Headings
4879 \begin_inset Index idx
4882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4883 Section headings ! Short titles
4889 \begin_inset Argument
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4901 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4910 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4911 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4912 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4917 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4918 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4919 To specify a short title, use the menu
4921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4923 \begin_inset space ~
4929 This will insert a box labeled
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4945 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4946 This also works for captions inside floats.
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4950 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 The following information applies to all section headings:
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4977 \begin_layout Subsection
4978 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4996 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4997 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4998 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4999 the text they contain.
5000 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5008 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5021 when you start a new paragraph.
5022 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5026 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5027 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5028 to change back to the
5032 environment yourself.
5035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5052 \begin_inset Index idx
5055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5066 time for the differences.
5075 are identical except for one difference:
5079 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5088 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5092 Here's an example of the
5105 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5107 See – no indentation!
5111 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5112 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5113 the other paragraph.
5116 \begin_layout Standard
5117 Here's another example, this time in the
5124 \begin_layout Quotation
5130 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5131 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5132 the first line, then
5136 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5140 you were quoting other text.
5143 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 Here's a new paragraph.
5145 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5146 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 As the examples show,
5154 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5155 They should put quotes in the
5160 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5164 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5173 \begin_inset Index idx
5176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5185 \begin_inset Index idx
5188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5209 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5215 \begin_inset Newline newline
5218 Which I did not rehearse!
5222 It could be much worse.
5223 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5225 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5226 indented a bit more than the first.
5227 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5236 And make things look fine
5237 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 arg "newline-insert newline"
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5254 does not indent both margins.
5255 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5256 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5263 arg "newline-insert newline"
5269 \begin_layout Subsection
5271 \begin_inset Index idx
5274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5301 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5310 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5311 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5312 some general features of all four of them.
5315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5319 \begin_layout Standard
5320 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5322 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5331 reset the environment to
5335 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5336 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5337 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5341 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5344 to break paragraphs.
5347 \begin_layout Standard
5348 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5349 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5351 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5352 you read all of section
5353 \begin_inset space ~
5357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5359 reference "sec:Nesting"
5367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5373 \begin_inset Index idx
5376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5393 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5397 paragraph environment.
5398 It has the following properties:
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5411 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 The items can have any length.
5417 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5418 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 environment inside another
5434 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 \begin_inset space ~
5452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5454 reference "sec:Nesting"
5458 for a full explanation of nesting.
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5472 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5475 \begin_layout Standard
5476 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5477 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the first level
5485 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5489 \begin_layout Itemize
5490 The label for the second level is a dash.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5499 \begin_layout Itemize
5500 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5504 \begin_layout Itemize
5505 Back out to the third level.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 Back to the second level.
5514 \begin_layout Itemize
5515 Back to the outermost level.
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 These are the default labels for an
5524 You can customize these labels in the
5526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5529 dialog in the submenu
5536 \begin_inset Index idx
5539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5550 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5552 \begin_inset space ~
5556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5558 reference "sec:Nesting"
5565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5571 \begin_inset Index idx
5574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5583 name "sec:Enumerate"
5590 \begin_layout Standard
5595 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5596 It has these properties:
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5618 environment resets the counter to one.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5636 Items can have any length.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5647 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5661 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5662 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The first level of an
5674 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5678 \begin_layout Enumerate
5679 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5688 \begin_layout Enumerate
5689 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 Back to the third level
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 Back to the second level.
5708 \begin_layout Enumerate
5709 Back to the outermost level.
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5713 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5718 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5723 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5727 \begin_layout Standard
5728 There is more to nesting
5732 environments than we've stated here.
5733 You should read section
5734 \begin_inset space ~
5738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5740 reference "sec:Nesting"
5744 to learn more about nesting.
5747 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5753 \begin_inset Index idx
5756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5766 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5770 list has no fixed label.
5771 Instead, LyX uses the first
5772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5779 of the first line as the label.
5783 \begin_layout Description
5784 Example: This is an example of the
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5792 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5796 \begin_layout Standard
5798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5805 it is meant that the first hit of the
5809 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5811 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5819 arg "space-insert protected"
5824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5825 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset space ~
5837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5839 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5843 for more info.) Here is an example:
5846 \begin_layout Description
5848 \begin_inset space ~
5851 Example: This one shows how to use a
5854 \begin_inset space ~
5866 \begin_layout Description
5867 Usage: You should use the
5871 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5872 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5874 It's not a good idea to use a
5878 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5879 You're better off using
5891 paragraphs into them.
5894 \begin_layout Description
5895 Nesting: You can nest
5899 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5904 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5905 them from the first line.
5908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5914 \begin_inset Index idx
5917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5931 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5935 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5943 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5948 environment is named
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5969 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5970 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5973 \begin_layout Labeling
5974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5976 \begin_inset space ~
5979 labels LyX uses the first
5980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5987 of each line as the item label.
5992 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5993 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5994 blank as described above.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5999 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6000 the body of the item text.
6001 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6002 label width plus a little extra space.
6006 \begin_layout Labeling
6007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6009 \begin_inset space ~
6012 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6014 If the label width is larger, the label
6015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6022 into the first line.
6023 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6024 margin of the rest of the item text.
6027 \begin_layout Labeling
6028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6030 \begin_inset space ~
6033 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6038 environment have the same left margin.
6039 \begin_inset Newline newline
6042 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6045 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6056 \begin_inset space ~
6061 determines the default label width.
6062 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6071 multiple times instead.
6072 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6081 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6084 \begin_inset space ~
6089 every time you alter a label in a
6094 \begin_inset Newline newline
6097 The predefined default width is the length of
6098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6119 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6120 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6133 environment the same way like the
6137 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6143 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6152 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6154 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6156 \begin_inset space ~
6160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6162 reference "sec:Nesting"
6166 to learn about nesting.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 There is yet another feature of the
6174 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6176 You can use additional
6180 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6185 are documented in section
6186 \begin_inset space ~
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6192 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6197 Here are some examples:
6198 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 Left The default for
6213 \begin_layout Labeling
6214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6215 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6225 \begin_layout Labeling
6226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6231 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6238 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6241 \begin_layout Subsection
6243 \begin_inset Index idx
6246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6259 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6261 in the document settings.
6262 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6267 \begin_inset Index idx
6270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6271 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 Custom Enumerate Lists
6281 \begin_inset Index idx
6284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6295 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6301 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6302 There you add the command
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 in TeX Code (shortcut
6324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6325 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6326 \begin_inset space ~
6330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6332 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6345 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6352 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6353 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6366 For Arabic numerals use
6374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6381 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6396 \begin_layout Standard
6398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6406 You can only number 26
6407 \begin_inset space ~
6410 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6420 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6423 \begin_layout Standard
6424 As example a list with custom numbering:
6427 \begin_layout Enumerate
6428 \begin_inset Argument
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Enumerate
6458 \begin_inset Argument
6461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6484 \begin_layout Enumerate
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 \begin_inset Argument
6493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6517 \begin_layout Enumerate
6518 \begin_inset Argument
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 For this list these commands were used:
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6562 \begin_inset Newline newline
6570 \begin_inset Newline newline
6578 \begin_inset Newline newline
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6595 makes the label emphasized and
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6613 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6614 lists until you change the definition.
6622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6624 \begin_inset Index idx
6627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6628 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6637 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6640 \begin_layout Enumerate
6641 \begin_inset Argument
6644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6663 \begin_inset Note Note
6666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6667 goes back to default numbering
6675 \begin_layout Enumerate
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6683 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6687 \begin_layout Standard
6688 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6693 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6694 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6697 \begin_layout Standard
6698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6706 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6715 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6717 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6718 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6719 of a normal new enumeration.
6720 There insert the command
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6734 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6742 \begin_layout Enumerate
6746 \begin_layout Standard
6747 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6750 \begin_layout Enumerate
6751 \begin_inset Argument
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6770 This enumeration starts at 4
6773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6775 \begin_inset Index idx
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6790 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 with standard spacing
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6804 There add the command
6808 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 \begin_inset Argument
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6834 \begin_layout Itemize
6838 \begin_layout Itemize
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6849 \begin_inset Index idx
6852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6853 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6859 For more info see its documentation,
6860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6869 \begin_layout Standard
6870 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6872 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6873 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6877 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6881 \begin_inset Argument
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6892 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6906 with negative indentation
6909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6910 Further Customization
6911 \begin_inset Index idx
6914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 You can also change the style of description lists.
6928 \begin_layout Standard
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6935 changes the description label font, the command
6938 \begin_layout Standard
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 sets the list style.
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 An example where the command
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6957 itshape, style=nextline
6960 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_layout Description
6966 \begin_inset space ~
6970 \begin_inset Argument
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6979 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6981 itshape, style=nextline
6991 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6992 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6996 \begin_layout Description
6998 \begin_inset space ~
7001 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7002 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7003 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7013 \begin_inset Index idx
7016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7017 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7023 For more info see its documentation,
7024 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7033 \begin_layout Subsection
7035 \begin_inset Index idx
7038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7055 \begin_inset space ~
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7072 \begin_inset space ~
7078 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7079 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7080 In contrast, you can use the
7087 \begin_inset space ~
7092 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7093 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7098 Of course, you're not limited to using
7105 \begin_inset space ~
7114 \begin_inset space ~
7119 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7120 some European academic papers.
7123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7127 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7139 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7140 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7144 \begin_inset space ~
7149 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7150 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7151 Here's an example of each:
7154 \begin_layout Right Address
7156 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 \begin_inset Newline newline
7164 \begin_inset Newline newline
7167 When is it? What is today?
7170 \begin_layout Standard
7174 \begin_inset space ~
7180 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7181 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7182 Here's an example of the
7189 \begin_layout Address
7191 \begin_inset Newline newline
7194 Where do I send this
7195 \begin_inset Newline newline
7198 Your post office and country
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 As you can see, both
7209 \begin_inset space ~
7214 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7219 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7225 This makes sense, since
7233 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7234 Thus, you have to use
7241 arg "newline-insert newline"
7247 \begin_inset space ~
7250 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7252 \begin_inset space ~
7261 menu) to start a new line in an
7268 \begin_inset space ~
7276 \begin_layout Subsection
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7281 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7282 or list of references.
7283 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7290 \begin_inset Index idx
7293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7307 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7308 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7309 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7310 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7314 in anything else or vice versa.
7320 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7321 The book document classes ignores the
7325 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7329 in a letter document class.
7332 \begin_layout Standard
7337 environment does several things for you.
7338 First, it puts the centered label
7339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7347 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7349 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7350 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7351 the subsequent text.
7352 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7353 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7361 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7362 The new paragraph will still be in the
7367 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7368 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7371 \begin_layout Standard
7372 \begin_inset Float figure
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 \begin_inset Graphics
7380 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 \begin_inset Caption
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7393 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7415 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7419 environment, but since this document is in the
7420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7427 class, we can't do this.
7428 We inserted it therefore as figure
7429 \begin_inset space ~
7433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7435 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7440 If you've never heard of an
7441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7448 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7457 \begin_inset Index idx
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7469 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7476 \begin_layout Standard
7481 environment is used to list references.
7482 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7483 only use it at the end of the document.
7488 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7491 \begin_layout Standard
7492 When you first open a
7496 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7512 depending on the document class.
7513 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7514 Each paragraph of the
7518 environment is a bibliography entry.
7523 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7524 Each new paragraph is still in the
7531 \begin_layout Standard
7532 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7533 by using a BibTeX database.
7534 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7535 phy handling, have a look at in section
7536 \begin_inset space ~
7540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7542 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7549 \begin_layout Subsection
7553 \begin_inset Index idx
7556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7557 Paragraph ! LyX code
7563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7577 environment is another LyX extension.
7578 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7583 key as a fixed whitespace;
7587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7599 \begin_inset space ~
7604 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7609 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7610 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7613 arg "newline-insert newline"
7630 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7631 So, when you finish using the
7635 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7636 Also, you can nest the
7640 environment inside of others.
7643 \begin_layout Standard
7644 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7647 \begin_layout Itemize
7651 arg "newline-insert newline"
7654 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7659 \begin_inset space \space{}
7669 arg "newline-insert newline"
7675 \begin_layout Itemize
7679 arg "newline-insert newline"
7690 \begin_layout Itemize
7695 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7702 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 arg "space-insert protected"
7713 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7715 You must put at least one
7719 in any line you want blank.
7720 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7723 \begin_layout Itemize
7724 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7728 since that will insert
7733 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7736 arg "self-insert \""
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7762 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7763 printf("Hello World!
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7777 This is just the standard
7778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7794 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7795 rc-files, and so on.
7796 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7797 as if you used a typewriter.
7798 \begin_inset Index idx
7801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7802 Paragraph environments|)
7810 \begin_layout Section
7811 Nesting Environments
7812 \begin_inset Index idx
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 Nesting ! Environments
7822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7831 \begin_layout Subsection
7835 \begin_layout Standard
7836 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7838 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7840 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7842 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7854 \begin_layout Enumerate
7858 \begin_layout Enumerate
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7876 \begin_layout Standard
7877 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7878 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7881 \begin_inset space ~
7885 \begin_inset space ~
7893 \begin_inset space ~
7897 \begin_inset space ~
7906 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7907 will tell you how far you are nested).
7908 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7911 arg "depth-increment"
7917 arg "depth-decrement"
7920 or the convenient key bindings
7931 arg "depth-increment"
7937 arg "depth-decrement"
7940 to change the nesting level.
7941 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7942 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7946 \begin_layout Standard
7947 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7948 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7949 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7950 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7953 \begin_layout Standard
7954 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7955 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7957 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7961 What You Can and Can't Nest
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7966 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7971 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7972 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7976 Completely unnestable
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7991 environments have them:
7994 \begin_layout Description
7995 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7996 Can't nest into them.
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \begin_layout Itemize
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8031 \begin_layout Description
8033 \begin_inset space ~
8036 Nestable You can nest them.
8037 You can nest other things into them.
8041 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 \begin_layout Itemize
8053 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Itemize
8065 \begin_layout Itemize
8071 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Itemize
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8090 \begin_layout Description
8091 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8092 You can't nest anything into them.
8096 \begin_layout Itemize
8102 \begin_layout Itemize
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8114 \begin_layout Itemize
8120 \begin_layout Itemize
8126 \begin_layout Itemize
8132 \begin_layout Itemize
8138 \begin_layout Itemize
8144 \begin_layout Itemize
8150 \begin_layout Itemize
8156 \begin_layout Itemize
8162 \begin_layout Itemize
8168 \begin_layout Itemize
8174 \begin_layout Itemize
8178 \begin_inset space ~
8184 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 \begin_layout Standard
8192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8200 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8209 \begin_inset space ~
8213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8217 \begin_inset space \space{}
8220 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8221 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8222 section headings violate this.
8230 \begin_layout Subsection
8231 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8232 \begin_inset Index idx
8235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8236 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8244 \begin_layout Standard
8245 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8246 affected by nesting anyhow.
8250 \begin_layout Itemize
8254 \begin_layout Itemize
8258 \begin_layout Itemize
8262 \begin_layout Standard
8264 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8272 Figures and tables in
8276 are not affected by this.
8281 Have a look at section
8282 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8288 reference "sec:Floats"
8292 for more information about
8299 \begin_layout Standard
8300 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8301 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8305 \begin_layout Standard
8306 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8314 of its own, it behaves just like a
8315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8322 paragraph environment.
8323 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8327 \begin_layout Standard
8328 Here's an example with a table:
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 \begin_layout Enumerate
8337 This is (a) and it's nested.
8341 \begin_layout Standard
8342 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8350 \begin_inset Tabular
8351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8352 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8439 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 \begin_layout Standard
8457 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 \begin_layout Enumerate
8466 This is (a) and it's nested.
8470 \begin_layout Standard
8471 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8477 \begin_layout Standard
8479 \begin_inset Tabular
8480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8481 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8568 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8574 \begin_layout Enumerate
8581 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8584 \begin_layout Enumerate
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8594 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8596 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8599 \begin_layout Enumerate
8604 \begin_layout Enumerate
8605 This is (a) and it's nested.
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8609 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8617 \begin_inset Tabular
8618 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8619 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8712 \begin_layout Enumerate
8714 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8733 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8734 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8738 \begin_layout Subsection
8739 Usage and General Features
8742 \begin_layout Standard
8743 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8752 is the innermost possible depth.
8753 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8756 \begin_layout Enumerate
8757 level #1 – outermost
8761 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 \begin_layout Enumerate
8771 \begin_layout Enumerate
8776 \begin_layout Itemize
8781 \begin_layout Itemize
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8792 both of them in the example.
8793 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8803 For example, if we tried to nest another
8808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8815 , we would get errors.
8818 \begin_layout Subsection
8820 \begin_inset Index idx
8823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8833 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8834 We have several examples of nested environments.
8835 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8840 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8843 \begin_layout Labeling
8844 \labelwidthstring MMM
8845 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8854 \begin_layout Labeling
8855 \labelwidthstring MMM
8856 #2-a This is level #2.
8857 We created it by using
8860 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8873 \begin_layout Labeling
8874 \labelwidthstring MMM
8875 #3-a This is level #3.
8876 This time, we just hit
8883 arg "depth-increment"
8887 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8891 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8897 arg "depth-increment"
8904 \begin_layout Standard
8909 environment, nested inside of
8910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 So, it's at level #4.
8919 We did this by hitting
8922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8928 arg "depth-increment"
8931 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8936 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8952 \begin_layout Standard
8957 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8960 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8966 \begin_layout Labeling
8967 \labelwidthstring MMM
8968 #4-a This is level #4.
8972 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8975 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8980 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8984 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8989 keep nesting things inside
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9001 \begin_layout Labeling
9002 \labelwidthstring MMM
9003 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9008 \begin_layout Labeling
9009 \labelwidthstring MMM
9010 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9011 and this is level #6.
9012 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9016 \begin_layout Labeling
9017 \labelwidthstring MMM
9018 #5-b Back to level #5.
9022 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9028 arg "depth-decrement"
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9040 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9046 arg "depth-decrement"
9049 , we're back at level #4.
9053 \begin_layout Labeling
9054 \labelwidthstring MMM
9055 #3-b Back to level #3.
9056 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9060 \begin_layout Labeling
9061 \labelwidthstring MMM
9062 #2-b Back to level #2.
9067 \begin_layout Labeling
9068 \labelwidthstring MMM
9069 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9070 After this sentence, we'll hit
9074 and change the paragraph environment back to
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 We could have also used the
9098 environment in place of the
9103 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9106 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9107 Example 2: Inheritance
9110 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9111 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9123 arg "depth-increment"
9126 , after which, we'll change to the
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9139 environment, at level #2.
9142 \begin_layout Enumerate
9143 Notice how the nested
9147 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9151 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9155 \begin_layout Standard
9156 We ended this example by hitting
9161 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9165 and reset the nesting depth by using
9168 arg "depth-decrement"
9174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9175 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9184 \begin_inset Argument
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9196 \begin_layout Enumerate
9197 This is level #1, in an
9201 paragraph environment.
9202 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9206 \begin_layout Enumerate
9211 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9217 arg "depth-increment"
9221 Now, what happens if we nest an
9225 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9226 label be? An asterisk?
9230 \begin_layout Itemize
9240 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9241 So, its label is a bullet.
9242 (We got here by using
9245 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9251 arg "depth-increment"
9254 , then changing the environment to
9262 \begin_layout Itemize
9263 Here's level #4, produced using
9266 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9272 arg "depth-increment"
9276 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9281 \begin_layout Enumerate
9282 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9284 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9289 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9293 , because we are in the
9302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 \begin_layout Enumerate
9326 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9327 type of numbering does LyX use?
9330 \begin_layout Enumerate
9331 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9334 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9337 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9340 \begin_layout Enumerate
9344 arg "depth-decrement"
9347 to decrease the depth after the next
9350 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9357 \begin_layout Enumerate
9359 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9365 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9366 numeral as the label.Why?
9369 \begin_layout Enumerate
9370 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9379 Notice, however, that LyX
9383 reset the counter for the label.
9387 \begin_layout Enumerate
9391 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9397 arg "depth-decrement"
9400 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9401 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9402 into the twofold-nested
9410 \begin_layout Enumerate
9411 The same thing happens if we do another
9414 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9420 arg "depth-decrement"
9423 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9432 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9446 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9452 The same rule applies for the
9456 environment, as well.
9459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9460 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9463 \begin_layout Enumerate
9464 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9465 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9466 same detail with how we did it.
9475 \begin_layout Standard
9483 arg "depth-increment"
9490 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9491 example in parentheses someplace.
9492 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9493 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9494 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9498 \begin_layout Enumerate
9503 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9508 Now we'll add verse.
9509 \begin_inset Newline newline
9512 It will get much worse.
9513 \begin_inset Newline newline
9523 arg "depth-increment"
9534 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9535 \begin_inset Newline newline
9538 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9539 \begin_inset Newline newline
9545 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9558 \begin_layout Standard
9559 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9567 \begin_inset Tabular
9568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9569 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9660 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9670 arg "depth-increment"
9676 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9686 arg "depth-decrement"
9693 \begin_layout Enumerate
9698 : level #1) This is another item.
9699 Note that selecting a
9703 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9704 3 times to put the table inside the
9712 \begin_layout Quotation
9713 We're now ending the
9717 list and changing to
9722 We're still at level #1.
9723 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9724 The next set of paragraphs is a
9725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9739 \begin_inset space ~
9744 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9748 for the letter body.
9752 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9755 to preserve the depth.
9756 Remember that you need to use
9759 arg "newline-insert newline"
9762 to create multiple lines inside the
9769 \begin_inset space ~
9779 \begin_layout Right Address
9781 \begin_inset Newline newline
9784 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9785 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_layout Address
9793 \begin_inset space ~
9799 \begin_layout Quotation
9800 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9804 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9805 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9806 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9807 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9808 as soon as possible.
9809 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9812 \begin_layout Quotation
9813 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9814 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9815 with your order, along with payment.
9818 \begin_layout Quotation
9819 We thank you again for your patience.
9822 \begin_layout Address
9824 \begin_inset Newline newline
9831 \begin_layout Quotation
9832 That ends that example!
9835 \begin_layout Standard
9836 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9837 just a few keystrokes.
9838 We could have easily nested an
9859 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9862 \begin_layout Section
9863 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9864 \begin_inset Index idx
9867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9878 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9879 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9880 be broken at the end of a line.
9881 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9885 \begin_layout Subsection
9887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9889 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9894 \begin_inset Index idx
9897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9906 \begin_layout Standard
9907 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9909 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9913 Further documentation is given in section
9914 \begin_inset Newline newline
9918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9920 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9929 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9944 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9953 A protected space is set with
9955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9956 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9970 arg "space-insert protected"
9976 \begin_layout Subsection
9978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9980 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9985 \begin_inset Index idx
9988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9989 Spacing ! Horizontal
9997 \begin_layout Standard
9998 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10001 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10005 The length units are listed in Appendix
10006 \begin_inset space ~
10010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10012 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10023 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10028 \begin_inset Index idx
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10032 Spaces ! Inter-word
10040 \begin_layout Standard
10042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10046 \begin_inset space \space{}
10049 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10050 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10057 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10062 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10063 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10066 arg "space-insert normal"
10072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10076 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10081 \begin_inset Index idx
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10102 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10111 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10112 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10113 inside abbreviations:
10116 \begin_layout Quote
10118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10122 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10125 \begin_layout Standard
10126 or between values and units.
10127 Compare for example this:
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10136 \begin_inset Newline newline
10139 10 kg (normal space
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10143 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10156 arg "space-insert thin"
10162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10166 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10173 \begin_layout Standard
10174 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10177 \begin_layout Description
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10186 space A line with a
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10191 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10198 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10201 \begin_layout Description
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10211 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10215 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10230 em) space between the arrows.
10233 \begin_layout Description
10235 \begin_inset space ~
10239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10243 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10247 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10262 em) space between the arrows.
10265 \begin_layout Description
10267 \begin_inset space ~
10271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10275 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10279 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10283 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10294 em) space between the arrows.
10297 \begin_layout Description
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10303 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10307 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10312 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10319 cm space between the arrows.
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10324 \begin_inset space ~
10328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10330 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10334 lists the different space sizes.
10337 \begin_layout Standard
10338 \begin_inset Float table
10343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10345 \begin_inset Caption
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10350 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10354 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10364 \begin_inset Tabular
10365 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10366 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10367 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10591 \begin_inset Index idx
10594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10604 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10605 in a uniform fashion.
10606 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10607 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10608 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10609 equally between themselves.
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10614 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10617 \begin_layout Quote
10619 This is on the left side
10620 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10623 This is on the right
10626 \begin_layout Quote
10629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10639 \begin_layout Quote
10642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10656 \begin_layout Standard
10657 That was an example in the
10663 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10667 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10671 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10674 is one in a standard paragraph.
10675 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10679 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10686 \begin_inset space ~
10691 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10700 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10708 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10736 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10748 \begin_inset space ~
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10756 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10760 \begin_inset space ~
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10767 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10775 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10779 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10780 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10781 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10785 option in the space dialog.
10793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10797 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10802 \begin_inset Index idx
10805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10814 \begin_layout Standard
10815 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10821 \begin_inset space \space{}
10824 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10827 \begin_layout Standard
10828 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10831 What is correct English?:
10832 \begin_inset Newline newline
10836 \begin_inset Newline newline
10840 \begin_inset space ~
10843 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10844 \begin_inset Newline newline
10848 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10859 \begin_inset Newline newline
10863 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10880 \begin_layout Standard
10881 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10886 \begin_inset space ~
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10898 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10901 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10905 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10911 \begin_inset space ~
10915 \begin_inset space ~
10919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10922 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10932 That is why it is named
10933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10942 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10946 \begin_layout Subsection
10948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10950 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10955 \begin_inset Index idx
10958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10967 \begin_layout Standard
10968 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10971 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10973 \begin_inset space ~
10979 There you find the following sizes:
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10995 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11000 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11006 \begin_inset Index idx
11009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11010 Document ! Settings
11015 for the paragraph separation.
11016 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11027 \begin_layout Standard
11033 \begin_inset Index idx
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11042 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11043 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11045 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11046 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11055 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11064 s are described in section
11065 \begin_inset space ~
11069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11071 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11080 If there are several
11084 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11085 You can therefore use
11089 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11092 \begin_layout Standard
11097 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11098 \begin_inset space ~
11102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11104 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11112 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11122 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11123 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11135 \begin_layout Subsection
11136 Paragraph Alignment
11139 \begin_layout Standard
11140 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11146 There are five possibilities:
11149 \begin_layout Itemize
11157 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11163 \begin_layout Itemize
11171 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11177 \begin_layout Itemize
11185 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11191 \begin_layout Itemize
11199 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11205 \begin_layout Itemize
11213 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11219 \begin_layout Standard
11220 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11221 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11222 the left and right margins.
11223 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11226 \begin_layout Standard
11228 This paragraph is right aligned,
11231 \begin_layout Standard
11233 this one is centered,
11236 \begin_layout Standard
11238 this one is left aligned.
11241 \begin_layout Subsection
11243 \begin_inset Index idx
11246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11247 Page breaks ! Forced
11253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11255 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11262 \begin_layout Standard
11263 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11264 can force a page break where you want one.
11265 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11266 Only if you use a lot of
11270 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11273 \begin_layout Standard
11274 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11275 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11279 have to change the page breaking.
11282 \begin_layout Standard
11283 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11285 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11288 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 \begin_inset space ~
11296 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11299 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11301 \begin_inset space ~
11306 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11308 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11309 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11312 \begin_layout Standard
11313 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11314 at the top of a page.
11315 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11316 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11317 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11318 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11322 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11326 to learn more about
11333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11337 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11342 \begin_inset Index idx
11345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11346 Page breaks ! Clear
11354 \begin_layout Standard
11355 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11356 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11357 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11358 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11359 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11363 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11366 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11368 \begin_inset space ~
11374 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11377 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11379 \begin_inset space ~
11383 \begin_inset space ~
11388 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11389 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11392 \begin_layout Subsection
11394 \begin_inset Index idx
11397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11406 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11413 \begin_layout Standard
11414 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11416 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11419 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 \begin_inset space ~
11425 \begin_inset space ~
11433 arg "newline-insert newline"
11437 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11440 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11442 \begin_inset space ~
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11451 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11453 This is necessary to avoid
11454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11461 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11464 \begin_layout Standard
11465 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11466 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11467 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11468 set a line break, e.
11469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11473 \begin_inset space \space{}
11476 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11477 \begin_inset space ~
11481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11483 reference "sec:Quote"
11488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11490 reference "sec:Verse"
11495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11497 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11504 \begin_layout Subsection
11506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11508 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11513 \begin_inset Index idx
11516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11525 \begin_layout Standard
11527 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11542 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11544 \begin_inset space ~
11549 you can insert horizontal lines.
11550 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11551 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11552 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11555 \begin_layout Standard
11557 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11568 \begin_layout Section
11569 Characters and Symbols
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11573 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11574 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11579 \begin_inset space \space{}
11582 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11590 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11594 for information on how this is done.
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11603 dialog via the menu
11605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11606 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11612 \begin_layout Standard
11613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11622 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11623 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11631 \begin_layout Section
11632 Fonts and Text Styles
11633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11635 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11642 \begin_layout Subsection
11644 \begin_inset Index idx
11647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11656 \begin_layout Standard
11657 There are two types of fonts:
11660 \begin_layout Description
11662 \begin_inset space ~
11666 \begin_inset Index idx
11669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11675 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11680 characters) in the font.
11681 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11682 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11683 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11684 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11685 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11686 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11687 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11688 \begin_inset Newline newline
11691 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11692 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11693 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11694 sizes than at small ones.
11695 \begin_inset Newline newline
11709 \begin_inset space ~
11717 \begin_layout Description
11719 \begin_inset space ~
11723 \begin_inset Index idx
11726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11732 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11733 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11734 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11735 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11736 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11737 picture manipulation program.
11738 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11739 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11740 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11741 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11742 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11744 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11745 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11746 \begin_inset Newline newline
11749 Bitmap fonts are named
11752 \begin_inset space ~
11757 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11760 \begin_layout Standard
11761 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11762 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11763 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11764 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11765 use scalable fonts.
11768 \begin_layout Standard
11769 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11770 its document properties.
11773 \begin_layout Standard
11774 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11775 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11776 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11777 font to emphasize text, you use an
11778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11786 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11787 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11791 \begin_layout Subsection
11793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11795 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11802 \begin_layout Standard
11803 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11804 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11805 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11807 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11808 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11809 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11810 to usual word processors.
11811 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11812 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11813 across different machines.
11814 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11815 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11817 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11819 \begin_inset space ~
11823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11825 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11830 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11831 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11835 \begin_layout Standard
11836 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11837 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11838 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11839 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11840 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11841 that is installed on your system.
11842 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11845 \begin_layout Standard
11846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11855 es; so you might have to experiment.
11863 \begin_layout Standard
11864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11872 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11873 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11881 \begin_layout Subsection
11882 Document Font and Font size
11883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11885 name "sub:Document-Font"
11890 \begin_inset Index idx
11893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11900 \begin_inset Index idx
11903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11912 \begin_layout Standard
11913 You can set the document fonts in the
11915 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11919 \begin_inset Index idx
11922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11923 Document ! Settings
11933 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11934 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11937 \begin_inset space ~
11946 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11947 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11951 \begin_layout Standard
11958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11967 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11968 This requires that you use
11974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12013 as output format, i.
12014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12018 \begin_inset space ~
12021 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12022 \begin_inset space ~
12026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12028 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12033 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12035 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12037 \begin_inset space ~
12040 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12041 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12042 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12044 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12047 \begin_layout Standard
12048 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12053 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12058 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12059 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12081 European Computer Modern
12084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12091 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12094 \begin_layout Standard
12103 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12104 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12109 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12112 \begin_inset space ~
12117 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12123 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12124 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12127 \begin_layout Itemize
12136 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12150 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12154 as the default font.
12155 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12156 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12169 One difference is improved kerning for the
12181 \begin_layout Itemize
12190 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
12194 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12209 Virtual means that it
12210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12221 -glyphs from other fonts.
12222 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12244 Loading the LaTeX-package
12249 \begin_inset Index idx
12252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12253 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12258 with the document preamble line
12259 \begin_inset Newline newline
12266 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12267 \begin_inset Newline newline
12272 will fix the guillemet problem.
12277 and that accented characters are not
12281 glyph, but build of
12285 characters, the accent and the letter.
12286 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12292 If you search for example for the French word
12293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12300 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 and not for the glyph
12310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12314 \begin_inset space ~
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12324 \begin_layout Itemize
12325 If you do not like the look of
12333 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12338 \begin_inset space ~
12352 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12353 \begin_inset space ~
12356 serif and typewriter fonts
12360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12361 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12373 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
12374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12386 , different shapes of the same font, i.
12387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12400 , but you can also select your own.
12401 \begin_inset Newline newline
12404 The differences between roman,
12407 \begin_inset space ~
12416 fonts are explained in section
12417 \begin_inset space ~
12421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12423 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12428 \begin_inset Newline newline
12435 was originally designed for newspapers.
12436 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12437 into the small newspaper columns.
12442 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12443 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12446 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12459 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12464 depends on the class you are using.
12465 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12468 \begin_layout Standard
12469 Note that the font size is the
12474 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12475 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12476 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12479 \begin_inset space ~
12485 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12486 \begin_inset space ~
12490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12492 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12499 \begin_layout Standard
12504 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12506 \begin_inset space ~
12509 serif or typewriter.
12514 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12524 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12527 \begin_layout Standard
12536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12551 \begin_inset space ~
12555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12557 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12562 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12563 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12570 \begin_layout Standard
12571 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12573 Use Old Style Figures
12577 Use True Small Caps
12580 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12583 Use Old Style Figures
12585 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12591 \begin_inset space ~
12594 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12597 Use True Small Caps
12599 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12600 of scaled capitals.
12601 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12602 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12605 \begin_layout Standard
12610 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12611 a font to display the script characters.
12615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12616 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12621 So this has no effect for the document language
12637 \begin_layout Standard
12638 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12642 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12650 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12654 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12655 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12656 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12658 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12661 dialog, see section
12662 \begin_inset space ~
12666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12668 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12680 \begin_layout Subsection
12681 Using Different Character Styles
12682 \begin_inset Index idx
12685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12692 \begin_inset Index idx
12695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12704 \begin_layout Standard
12705 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12706 certain paragraph environments.
12707 LyX supports two character styles,
12716 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12725 style, do one of the following:
12728 \begin_layout Itemize
12729 click on the toolbar button
12738 \begin_layout Itemize
12739 use the key binding
12748 \begin_layout Standard
12749 These commands are all toggles.
12754 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12757 \begin_layout Standard
12758 One typically uses the
12762 style for proper names.
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12771 is the original author of LyX.
12772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12778 \begin_layout Standard
12779 A more widely used character style is the
12784 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12791 \begin_layout Itemize
12792 clicking on the toolbar button
12801 \begin_layout Itemize
12802 using the keybindings
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12816 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12817 es use a different font.
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 We've been using the
12825 style all over the place in this document.
12826 Here's one more example:
12829 \begin_layout Quotation
12832 Don't overuse character styles!
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12837 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12838 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12839 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12854 \begin_inset space ~
12862 \begin_layout Subsection
12863 Fine-Tuning with the
12868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12870 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12875 \begin_inset Index idx
12878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12887 \begin_layout Standard
12888 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12889 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12890 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12891 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12892 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12893 from ordinary dialog.
12896 \begin_layout Standard
12897 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12898 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12899 \begin_inset Newline newline
12902 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12903 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 To use custom character styles, open the
12909 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12911 \begin_inset space ~
12914 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12915 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12919 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12920 font property which you can choose.
12921 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12924 \begin_inset space ~
12929 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12934 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12935 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12936 environments in a snap.
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12943 \begin_inset space ~
12955 \begin_layout Labeling
12956 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12970 The possible options are:
12974 \begin_layout Labeling
12975 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12980 This is the Roman font family.
12981 Normally a serif font.
12982 It's also the default family.
12992 \begin_layout Labeling
12993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12997 \begin_inset space ~
13004 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13016 \begin_layout Labeling
13017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13024 This is the Typewriter font family.
13030 arg "font-typewriter"
13039 \begin_layout Labeling
13040 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13045 This corresponds to the print weight.
13050 \begin_layout Labeling
13051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13056 This is the Medium font series.
13057 It's also the default series.
13060 \begin_layout Labeling
13061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13068 This is the Bold font series.
13081 \begin_layout Labeling
13082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13087 As the name implies.
13092 \begin_layout Labeling
13093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13098 This is the Upright font shape.
13099 It's also the default shape.
13102 \begin_layout Labeling
13103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13117 s the Italic font shape
13123 \begin_layout Labeling
13124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13131 This is the Slanted font shape
13133 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13136 \begin_layout Labeling
13137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13148 This is the Small caps font shape
13155 \begin_layout Labeling
13156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13161 Alters the size of the font.
13162 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13163 nal to the document font size.
13164 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13165 what you want to do.
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13192 arg "font-size tiny"
13198 \begin_layout Labeling
13199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13220 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13226 \begin_layout Labeling
13227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13248 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13254 \begin_layout Labeling
13255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13276 arg "font-size small"
13282 \begin_layout Labeling
13283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 It's also the default size.
13301 arg "font-size normal"
13307 \begin_layout Labeling
13308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13329 arg "font-size large"
13335 \begin_layout Labeling
13336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13357 arg "font-size larger"
13363 \begin_layout Labeling
13364 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13385 arg "font-size largest"
13391 \begin_layout Labeling
13392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13413 arg "font-size huge"
13419 \begin_layout Labeling
13420 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13441 arg "font-size giant"
13447 \begin_layout Labeling
13448 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13453 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13473 arg "font-size increase"
13479 \begin_layout Labeling
13480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13485 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 arg "font-size decrease"
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13517 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13518 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13519 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13520 — use that instead.
13521 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13524 \begin_layout Labeling
13525 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13530 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13535 \begin_layout Labeling
13536 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13543 This is text with emphasize on
13546 This might seem like the same as
13550 , but it is actually a bit different.
13556 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13558 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13561 \begin_layout Labeling
13562 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13569 This is text with Underbar on.
13575 arg "font-underline"
13581 \begin_inset Newline newline
13586 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13587 when you couldn't change fonts.
13588 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13589 It's only included in LyX because some people
13593 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13596 \begin_layout Labeling
13597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13601 \begin_inset space ~
13608 This is text with Double underbar on.
13614 arg "font-underunderline"
13618 \begin_inset Newline newline
13621 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13622 about double underbar.
13625 \begin_layout Labeling
13626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13630 \begin_inset space ~
13637 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13643 arg "font-underwave"
13647 \begin_inset Newline newline
13650 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13651 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13654 \begin_layout Labeling
13655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13662 This is text with Strikeout on.
13668 arg "font-strikeout"
13671 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13675 \begin_layout Labeling
13676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13683 This is text with Noun on.
13690 , this is a logical attribute.
13691 Normally it's equivalent to
13694 \begin_inset space ~
13703 \begin_layout Labeling
13704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13709 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13710 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13714 \begin_inset space ~
13719 , which is the default
13720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13727 and means normally black, you can choose between
13760 \begin_inset Index idx
13763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13772 \begin_layout Labeling
13773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13778 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13779 the language of the document.
13780 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13786 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13788 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13790 \begin_inset space ~
13795 dialog, the settings are saved.
13796 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13799 arg "textstyle-apply"
13803 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13808 \begin_layout Standard
13809 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13816 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13817 (suppose you just set the shape to
13818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13836 \begin_inset space ~
13848 \begin_layout Standard
13849 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13857 \begin_inset space ~
13869 \begin_layout Itemize
13875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13882 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13900 \begin_inset Newline newline
13904 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13918 \begin_inset Note Note
13921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13922 For more on phantoms see section
13923 \begin_inset space ~
13927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13929 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13939 \begin_inset Newline newline
13945 \begin_layout Itemize
13950 fonts use characters with serifs.
13951 These are the small
13952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13959 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13960 The following example will show the difference:
13961 \begin_inset Newline newline
13965 \begin_inset Newline newline
13970 text without serifs
13973 \begin_inset Newline newline
13976 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13977 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13984 \begin_layout Itemize
13990 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13991 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13994 \begin_layout Standard
13995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14002 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14003 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14004 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14006 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14007 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14008 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14025 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14026 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14034 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14043 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14078 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14087 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14093 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14096 \begin_layout Section
14097 Printing and Previewing
14100 \begin_layout Subsection
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14105 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14106 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14107 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14108 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14109 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14111 Additional Features
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14118 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14119 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14120 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14121 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14122 This happens in two stages:
14125 \begin_layout Enumerate
14126 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14127 generating a file with the extension,
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 \begin_layout Enumerate
14143 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14147 file to produce printable output.
14151 \begin_layout Subsection
14152 Output file formats
14153 \begin_inset Index idx
14156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14165 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14173 Simple text (ASCII)
14174 \begin_inset Index idx
14177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14178 File formats ! ASCII
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14187 This file type has the extension
14188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14200 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14204 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14211 \begin_layout Standard
14212 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14214 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14215 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14217 \begin_inset space ~
14224 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14225 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 \begin_inset space ~
14231 \begin_inset space ~
14237 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14243 \begin_inset Index idx
14246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14247 File formats ! LaTeX
14255 \begin_layout Standard
14256 This file type has the extension
14257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14268 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14270 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14271 it manually with console commands.
14272 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14273 you view or export your document.
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14279 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14280 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14297 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14299 \begin_inset Index idx
14302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14311 \begin_layout Standard
14312 This file type has the extension
14313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14334 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14335 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14339 \begin_layout Standard
14340 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14341 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14342 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14343 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14345 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14348 \begin_layout Standard
14349 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14352 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14357 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14358 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14360 \begin_inset space ~
14367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14377 The latter option uses the program
14386 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14387 font access (see section
14388 \begin_inset space ~
14392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14394 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14399 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14405 \begin_inset Index idx
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 File formats ! PostScript
14417 \begin_layout Standard
14418 This file type has the extension
14419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14431 PostScript was developed by the company
14435 as a printer language.
14436 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14438 PostScript can be seen as a
14439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14442 programming language
14443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14446 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14451 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14457 \begin_inset Index idx
14460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14471 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14474 \begin_layout Standard
14475 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14479 Encapsulated PostScript
14480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14483 (EPS, file extension
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14496 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14497 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14502 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14506 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14507 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14508 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14509 EPS to avoid this problem.
14512 \begin_layout Standard
14513 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14515 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14516 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14522 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14524 \begin_inset Index idx
14527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 \begin_inset Index idx
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14547 This file type has the extension
14548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 Portable Document Format
14565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14572 was derived from PostScript.
14573 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14582 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14583 looks exactly the same.
14586 \begin_layout Standard
14587 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 (JPG, file extension
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 Portable Network Graphics
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14627 (PNG, file extension
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14640 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14641 in the background to one of these formats.
14642 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14643 will slow down your workflow.
14644 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14647 \begin_layout Standard
14648 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14650 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 in three different ways:
14656 \begin_layout Description
14657 PDF This uses the program
14661 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14662 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14666 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14667 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14670 \begin_layout Description
14672 \begin_inset space ~
14675 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14679 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14683 \begin_layout Description
14685 \begin_inset space ~
14688 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14692 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14695 \begin_layout Description
14697 \begin_inset space ~
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14711 X) This uses the program
14715 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14720 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14721 font access (see section
14722 \begin_inset space ~
14726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14728 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14733 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14736 \begin_layout Description
14738 \begin_inset space ~
14745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14752 X) This uses the program
14756 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14761 is an even newer engine, derived from
14765 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14766 access (see section
14767 \begin_inset space ~
14771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14773 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14778 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14782 \begin_layout Standard
14783 We recommend to use
14786 \begin_inset space ~
14795 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14796 works without problems.
14797 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14798 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14802 \begin_inset space ~
14809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14837 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14847 \begin_inset Index idx
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14851 FileFormats ! XHTML
14857 \begin_inset Index idx
14860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14869 \begin_layout Standard
14870 This file type has the extension
14871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14883 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14884 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14885 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14886 suitable for the purpose.
14887 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14888 it, but not all do.
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 XHTML output remains
14893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14900 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14905 LyX and the World Wide Web
14906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14911 Additional Features
14913 manual, for more information.
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14917 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14919 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14920 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14926 \begin_layout Subsection
14928 \begin_inset Index idx
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14940 \begin_layout Standard
14941 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14942 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14951 or the toolbar button
14958 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14959 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14960 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14966 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14970 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14972 \begin_inset space ~
14976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14978 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14983 Further output formats can be selected via
14985 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14988 or the toolbar button
14989 \begin_inset Graphics
14990 filename ../images/view-others.png
14992 groupId toolbarbuttons
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15000 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15001 viewer window using the menu
15003 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15008 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15009 Update (Other Formats)
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15015 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15017 To have a real output, export your document.
15020 \begin_layout Subsection
15021 Printing the File from within LyX
15022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15024 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15033 it directly from within LyX.
15034 To print a file, select the menu
15036 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15039 or click on the toolbar button
15042 arg "dialog-show print"
15046 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15047 This file is then processed by the program
15051 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15056 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15060 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15061 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15062 printing one set to print on the other side.
15063 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15064 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15065 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15069 You can set the parameters in the
15072 \begin_inset space ~
15080 \begin_layout Labeling
15081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15086 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15091 Note that this printer name is for the program
15100 has to be configured for this printer name.
15101 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15102 \begin_inset space ~
15106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15108 reference "sub:Printer"
15117 The printer should understand PostScript.
15120 \begin_layout Labeling
15121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15126 The name of a file to print to.
15127 The output will be a PostScript file.
15128 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15132 \begin_layout Section
15133 A few Words about Typography
15134 \begin_inset Index idx
15137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15146 \begin_layout Subsection
15148 \begin_inset Index idx
15151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15160 \begin_layout Standard
15162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15173 character comes in four lengths: the
15185 , and the minus sign:
15186 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15192 \begin_layout Standard
15193 \begin_inset Tabular
15194 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15195 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15196 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15197 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15198 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15199 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15228 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15268 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15295 \begin_inset space ~
15298 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15305 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15332 \begin_inset space ~
15335 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15356 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15390 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15396 \begin_layout Standard
15397 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15409 character multiple times in a row.
15410 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15411 the final output, but not in LyX.
15413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15443 \begin_layout Standard
15444 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15445 math mode and has a length of its own.
15446 Here are some examples of the
15447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15461 \begin_layout Enumerate
15462 line- and page-breaks
15463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15473 \begin_layout Enumerate
15475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15485 \begin_layout Enumerate
15486 Oh — there's a dash.
15487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15497 \begin_layout Enumerate
15498 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15502 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15512 \begin_layout Subsection
15514 \begin_inset Index idx
15517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15526 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15533 \begin_layout Standard
15534 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15535 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15540 \begin_inset Index idx
15543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15544 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15549 following the rules of the document language.
15552 \begin_layout Standard
15553 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15558 font and with unusual constructs, like
15559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15567 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15568 This is done with the menu
15570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15571 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15573 \begin_inset space ~
15579 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15580 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15583 \begin_layout Standard
15584 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15585 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15595 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15603 as a hyphenation possibility.
15604 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15605 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15606 as described in section
15607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 Prevent Hyphenation
15611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15621 \begin_layout Subsection
15623 \begin_inset Index idx
15626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15636 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15639 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15646 \begin_layout Standard
15647 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15648 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15649 LaTeX then adds the
15650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15653 appropriate amount of space
15654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15658 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15660 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15664 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15665 not work in all cases.
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15678 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15679 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15683 Here are some examples of
15687 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15690 \begin_layout Itemize
15695 \begin_layout Itemize
15700 \begin_layout Standard
15701 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15704 \begin_layout Itemize
15706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15710 this is too much space!
15713 \begin_layout Itemize
15718 \begin_layout Standard
15719 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15722 \begin_layout Standard
15723 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15726 \begin_layout Enumerate
15730 \begin_inset space ~
15735 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15736 \begin_inset space ~
15740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15742 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15747 \begin_inset Index idx
15750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15751 Spaces ! inter-word
15759 \begin_layout Enumerate
15763 \begin_inset space ~
15768 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15769 \begin_inset space ~
15773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15775 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15780 \begin_inset Index idx
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15792 \begin_layout Enumerate
15796 \begin_inset space ~
15800 \begin_inset space ~
15804 \begin_inset space ~
15811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15813 \begin_inset space ~
15818 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15819 This function is also bound to
15822 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15829 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15832 \begin_layout Itemize
15834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15838 \begin_inset space \space{}
15841 this is too much space!
15844 \begin_layout Itemize
15845 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15850 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15851 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15852 will take care of this.
15855 \begin_layout Standard
15856 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15860 \begin_inset space ~
15865 feature described in section
15871 Additional Features
15876 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15878 \begin_inset Index idx
15881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15882 Typography ! Quotes
15888 \begin_inset Index idx
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15923 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15924 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15925 and use a closing quote at the end.
15927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 The keyboard character,
15939 , generates this automatically.
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15943 You can change the behavior of the
15947 key using the submenu
15953 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15957 \begin_inset Index idx
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 Document ! Settings
15969 \begin_layout Standard
15970 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15975 There are six choices:
15978 \begin_layout Labeling
15979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15991 Use quotes like this
15992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16000 \begin_inset Quotes els
16004 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16010 \begin_layout Labeling
16011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16014 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16018 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16024 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16028 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16032 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16038 \begin_layout Labeling
16039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16042 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16046 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16052 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16056 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16060 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16064 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16070 \begin_layout Labeling
16071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16074 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16078 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16084 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16088 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16092 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16096 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16102 \begin_layout Labeling
16103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16106 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16110 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16116 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16120 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16124 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16128 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16134 \begin_layout Labeling
16135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16138 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16142 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16148 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16152 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16156 \begin_inset Quotes als
16160 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16167 These settings affect what character the
16174 \begin_layout Subsection
16176 \begin_inset Index idx
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 Typography ! Ligatures
16186 \begin_inset Index idx
16189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16220 name "sub:Ligatures"
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16228 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16229 print them as single characters.
16230 These groups are known as
16235 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16237 Here are the standard ligatures:
16240 \begin_layout Itemize
16244 \begin_layout Itemize
16248 \begin_layout Itemize
16252 \begin_layout Itemize
16256 \begin_layout Itemize
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16261 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16264 \begin_layout Standard
16265 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16266 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16274 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16290 To break a ligature, use
16292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16293 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16295 \begin_inset space ~
16302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16313 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16330 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16338 \begin_layout Subsection
16340 \begin_inset Index idx
16343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16352 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16360 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16361 characters in different sizes and heights.
16362 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16363 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16383 \begin_inset Note Note
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16395 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16396 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16401 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16405 \begin_layout Description
16406 LyX The name of the game, write
16407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16428 \begin_layout Description
16429 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16451 \begin_layout Description
16452 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16474 \begin_layout Description
16475 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16498 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16503 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16511 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16512 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16513 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16516 : The actual version is
16517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16524 , the previous one was
16525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16535 \begin_layout Standard
16536 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16541 \begin_inset space \space{}
16544 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16546 This will look in LyX like:
16547 \begin_inset Graphics
16548 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16554 \begin_inset Newline newline
16557 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16558 \begin_inset space ~
16562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16564 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16571 \begin_layout Subsection
16573 \begin_inset Index idx
16576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16586 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16587 space between two words.
16588 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16598 for units use the menu
16600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16601 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16603 \begin_inset space ~
16611 arg "space-insert thin"
16617 \begin_layout Standard
16618 Here is an example to show the differences:
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16622 \begin_inset Tabular
16623 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16624 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16625 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16626 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16633 \begin_inset space ~
16637 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16649 space between number and unit
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16665 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 half space between number and unit
16690 \begin_layout Subsection
16692 \begin_inset Index idx
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16704 \begin_layout Standard
16705 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16707 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16708 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16709 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16710 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16711 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16712 These bits of text became known as
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16724 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16725 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16726 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16727 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16728 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16729 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16730 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16733 \begin_layout Standard
16734 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16735 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16736 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16737 \begin_inset space ~
16741 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16743 key "latexcompanion"
16748 \begin_inset space ~
16752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16758 ] may have more information.
16759 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16762 \begin_layout Chapter
16763 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16766 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16773 \begin_layout Standard
16774 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16779 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16782 \begin_layout Section
16784 \begin_inset Index idx
16787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16804 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16807 \begin_layout Description
16809 \begin_inset space ~
16812 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16813 \begin_inset Newline newline
16817 \begin_inset Note Note
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16829 \begin_layout Description
16830 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16831 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16833 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16834 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16835 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16838 \begin_inset Newline newline
16842 \begin_inset Note Comment
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16846 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16854 \begin_layout Description
16856 \begin_inset space ~
16859 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16860 \begin_inset Newline newline
16864 \begin_inset Newline newline
16868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16877 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16878 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16879 How this can be done is explained in the
16888 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16894 \begin_inset Newline newline
16898 \begin_inset Newline newline
16901 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16902 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16906 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16918 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16921 \begin_layout Section
16923 \begin_inset Index idx
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16935 name "sec:Footnotes"
16942 \begin_layout Standard
16943 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16949 or the toolbar button
16952 arg "footnote-insert"
16964 \begin_inset Graphics
16965 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16974 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17003 label, the box will
17007 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17008 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17021 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17037 \begin_layout Standard
17038 Here's an example footnote:
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17055 \begin_layout Standard
17056 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17057 position where the footnote box is placed.
17058 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17059 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17060 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17061 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17062 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17067 ey are described in the
17074 \begin_layout Section
17076 \begin_inset Index idx
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17088 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17095 \begin_layout Standard
17096 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17097 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17101 \begin_inset space ~
17106 or the toolbar button
17109 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17135 appearing within your text.
17136 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17145 \begin_layout Standard
17146 At the side is an example marginal note.
17150 \begin_inset Marginal
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 This is a marginal note.
17162 \begin_layout Standard
17163 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17164 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17165 pages, right on odd pages.
17168 \begin_layout Section
17169 Graphics and Images
17170 \begin_inset Index idx
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 \begin_inset Index idx
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17192 name "sec:Graphics"
17199 \begin_layout Standard
17200 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17201 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17204 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17213 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17216 \begin_layout Standard
17217 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17222 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17223 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17225 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17226 \begin_inset space ~
17230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17232 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17239 \begin_layout Standard
17244 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17245 of the image in the output.
17246 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17250 \begin_inset space ~
17254 \begin_inset space ~
17263 \begin_inset space ~
17267 \begin_inset space ~
17271 \begin_inset space ~
17276 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17277 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17285 \begin_layout Standard
17288 LaTeX and LyX options
17290 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17291 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17295 \begin_inset space ~
17300 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17301 with the image size is printed.
17305 \begin_inset space ~
17309 \begin_inset space ~
17313 \begin_inset space ~
17318 is explained in the
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17330 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17331 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17333 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17339 \begin_inset Graphics
17340 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17348 \begin_layout Standard
17349 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17350 the image into a float, see section
17351 \begin_inset space ~
17355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17357 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
17364 \begin_layout Subsection
17366 \begin_inset Index idx
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17378 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17385 \begin_layout Standard
17386 You can insert images in any known file format.
17387 But as we explained in section
17388 \begin_inset space ~
17392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17394 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17398 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17399 LyX uses therefore the program
17403 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17404 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17405 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17406 \begin_inset space ~
17410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17412 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17419 \begin_layout Standard
17420 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17423 \begin_layout Description
17425 \begin_inset space ~
17428 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17429 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17430 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17434 Graphics Interchange Format
17435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17438 (GIF, file extension
17439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17451 \begin_inset Index idx
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17486 Portable Network Graphics
17487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17490 (PNG, file extension
17491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17503 \begin_inset Index idx
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17538 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17542 (JPG, file extension
17543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17567 \begin_inset Index idx
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17601 \begin_layout Description
17603 \begin_inset space ~
17606 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17608 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17609 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17610 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17611 \begin_inset Newline newline
17614 Scalable image formats can be
17615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17618 Scalable Vector Graphics
17619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17622 (SVG, file extension
17623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17635 \begin_inset Index idx
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17670 Encapsulated PostScript
17671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17674 (EPS, file extension
17675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17687 \begin_inset Index idx
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17722 Portable Document Format
17723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17726 (PDF, file extension
17727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17739 \begin_inset Index idx
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17750 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17751 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17765 \begin_layout Standard
17766 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17770 \begin_layout Subsection
17771 Grouping of Image Settings
17772 \begin_inset Index idx
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 Images ! Settings grouping
17784 \begin_layout Standard
17785 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17787 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17788 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17790 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17791 need to manually change each of them.
17795 \begin_layout Standard
17796 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17799 \begin_inset space ~
17804 field in the Graphics dialog.
17805 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17806 by checking the name of the desired group.
17809 \begin_layout Section
17811 \begin_inset Index idx
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17830 \begin_layout Standard
17831 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17834 arg "tabular-insert"
17839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17843 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17844 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17845 from the rest of the table.
17846 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17847 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17849 Here's an example table:
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17854 \begin_inset Tabular
17855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17856 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 \begin_layout Subsection
18064 \begin_layout Standard
18065 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18066 brings up the table dialog.
18067 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18068 where the cursor is placed currently.
18069 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18070 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18071 done on all of your selection.
18074 \begin_layout Standard
18075 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18078 \begin_inset space ~
18083 helps you in setting table properties.
18084 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18087 \begin_layout Standard
18091 \begin_inset space ~
18096 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18097 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18098 current cell respectively.
18099 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18101 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18102 of text, see section
18103 \begin_inset space ~
18107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18109 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18116 \begin_layout Standard
18117 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18118 using the check box
18127 This will merge the cells to
18131 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18132 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18133 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18134 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18135 in the last row without the upper border:
18138 \begin_layout Standard
18140 \begin_inset Tabular
18141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18142 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18144 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18157 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 \begin_layout Standard
18278 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18279 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18280 explained in the tables section of the
18283 \begin_inset space ~
18289 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18293 degrees counterclockwise.
18294 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18297 \begin_layout Standard
18298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 Most DVI-viewers are
18310 able to display rotations.
18318 \begin_layout Standard
18323 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18328 adds lines for all cell borders.
18331 \begin_layout Subsection
18333 \begin_inset Index idx
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 Tables ! Longtables
18343 \begin_inset Index idx
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 \begin_layout Standard
18356 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18359 \begin_inset space ~
18363 \begin_inset space ~
18372 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18373 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18376 \begin_layout Description
18381 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18382 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18383 except for the first page, if
18386 \begin_inset space ~
18394 \begin_layout Description
18398 \begin_inset space ~
18403 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18404 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18407 \begin_layout Description
18412 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18413 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18414 except for the last page, if
18417 \begin_inset space ~
18425 \begin_layout Description
18429 \begin_inset space ~
18434 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18435 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18438 \begin_layout Description
18439 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18440 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18446 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18449 \begin_inset space ~
18457 \begin_layout Standard
18458 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18459 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18460 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18461 The others will then be defined as
18466 In this context, first means first in this order:
18469 \begin_inset space ~
18481 \begin_inset space ~
18487 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18490 \begin_layout Standard
18492 \begin_inset Tabular
18493 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18494 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18495 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18496 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18497 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18498 <row endfirsthead="true">
18499 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18510 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <row endfirsthead="true">
18530 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <row endhead="true">
18563 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <row endhead="true">
18594 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <row endfoot="true">
18627 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20361 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20423 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20516 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 <row endlastfoot="true">
20609 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20620 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20629 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 \begin_layout Subsection
20648 \begin_inset Index idx
20651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20660 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20669 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20670 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20671 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20675 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20676 for the cell's paragraph.
20679 \begin_layout Standard
20680 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20681 for the column in the table dialog.
20682 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20683 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20687 \begin_layout Standard
20689 \begin_inset Tabular
20690 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20691 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20693 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20714 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20783 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 This is longer now.
20844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20895 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20896 This is longer now.
20901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20929 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20934 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20935 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20941 Selection with the mouse or with
20945 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20946 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20947 the selection from outside the table.
20950 \begin_layout Section
20952 \begin_inset Index idx
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20973 have a fixed location.
20975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20982 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20990 \begin_inset space ~
20995 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20996 too many notes on the page.
20999 \begin_layout Standard
21000 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21001 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21002 and pages without text.
21003 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21004 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21005 Floats are therefore numbered.
21006 Referencing is described in section
21007 \begin_inset space ~
21011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21013 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21020 \begin_layout Standard
21021 To insert a float, use the menu
21023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21027 A box with a caption that has e.
21028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21032 \begin_inset space \space{}
21036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21040 \begin_inset space ~
21044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21047 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
21048 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21050 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21051 \begin_inset Index idx
21054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21060 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21061 paragraph within the float.
21062 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21063 by left-clicking on the box label.
21064 A closed float box looks like this:
21065 \begin_inset Graphics
21066 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21071 – a gray button with a red label.
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21075 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21076 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21079 \begin_layout Subsection
21083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21085 \begin_inset Index idx
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21089 Floats ! Figure floats
21095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21097 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21108 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21111 inserts a float with the label
21112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21118 \begin_inset space ~
21124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21128 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
21129 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
21130 This is what we did for Figure
21131 \begin_inset space ~
21135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21137 reference "cap:Platypus"
21142 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
21143 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
21144 This was done in Figure
21145 \begin_inset space ~
21149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21151 reference "cap:Escher"
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 \begin_inset Float figure
21164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21166 \begin_inset Graphics
21167 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21176 \begin_inset Caption
21178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21181 name "cap:Platypus"
21185 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21198 \begin_layout Standard
21199 \begin_inset Float figure
21204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_inset Caption
21207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21225 \begin_inset Graphics
21226 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21239 \begin_layout Standard
21240 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21242 As described in section
21243 \begin_inset space ~
21247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21249 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21253 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21258 and refer to it using the menu
21260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21264 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21273 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21287 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21288 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21289 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
21291 \begin_inset space ~
21295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21297 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21301 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21302 You can also set the images one below the other.
21304 \begin_inset space ~
21308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21310 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21317 reference "fig:Platypus"
21321 are the subfigures.
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21325 \begin_inset Float figure
21330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21331 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21335 \begin_inset Float figure
21340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21341 \begin_inset Caption
21343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21346 name "fig:Undefinable"
21358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21359 \begin_inset Graphics
21360 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21371 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21375 \begin_inset Float figure
21380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 \begin_inset Caption
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21386 name "fig:Platypus"
21398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21399 \begin_inset Graphics
21400 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21412 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21419 \begin_inset Caption
21421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21424 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21428 Two distorted images.
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 Note that the caption is added to the
21445 \begin_inset space ~
21449 \begin_inset space ~
21454 as described in section
21455 \begin_inset space ~
21459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21470 \begin_inset Index idx
21473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21474 Floats ! Table floats
21482 \begin_layout Standard
21483 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21486 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21490 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21493 \begin_inset space ~
21497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21499 reference "cap:Table-float"
21503 is an example of a table float.
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 \begin_inset Float table
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21513 \begin_inset Caption
21515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21518 name "cap:Table-float"
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21532 \begin_inset Tabular
21533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21534 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21685 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21688 \end{array}\right]$
21696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21709 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21730 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21732 \begin_inset Index idx
21735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21736 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 This float type is inserted with the menu
21747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21748 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21752 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21753 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21757 , described in section
21758 \begin_inset space ~
21762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21764 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21772 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21780 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21786 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21794 floatname{algorithm}{your
21795 \begin_inset space ~
21801 \begin_layout Standard
21802 to the document preamble (menu
21804 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21811 \begin_inset space ~
21817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21833 \begin_inset Index idx
21836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21837 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21845 \begin_layout Standard
21846 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_inset Graphics
21855 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21864 \begin_inset Caption
21866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21869 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21873 This is a wrapped figure.
21874 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21887 This float type is used if you want to
21888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21895 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21897 It can be inserted using the menu
21899 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21900 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21902 \begin_inset space ~
21907 if the LaTeX-package
21912 \begin_inset Index idx
21915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21926 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21929 \begin_inset space ~
21939 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21948 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21952 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21961 Available units are explained in Appendix
21962 \begin_inset space ~
21966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21968 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21977 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21981 \begin_layout Standard
21982 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21995 \begin_inset space \space{}
21998 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21999 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
22008 \begin_layout Itemize
22009 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
22010 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
22011 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
22012 page breaks will appear.
22015 \begin_layout Itemize
22016 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
22017 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
22020 \begin_layout Itemize
22021 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
22022 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
22025 \begin_layout Itemize
22026 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
22029 \begin_layout Subsection
22031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22033 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22038 \begin_inset Index idx
22041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 \begin_layout Standard
22051 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
22052 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
22056 \begin_inset space ~
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
22066 have a multicolumn document).
22067 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
22070 \begin_inset space ~
22076 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
22077 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
22084 \begin_layout Standard
22085 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
22086 format is also the same: Table
22087 \begin_inset space ~
22091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22093 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
22097 is an example of a rotated table float.
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
22117 \begin_layout Standard
22118 \begin_inset Float table
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 \begin_inset Caption
22126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22129 name "cap:Rotated-table"
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22143 \begin_inset Tabular
22144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
22145 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 \begin_layout Subsection
22212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22214 name "sub:Float-Placement"
22219 \begin_inset Index idx
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22231 \begin_layout Standard
22232 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
22233 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
22234 \begin_inset Newline newline
22240 \begin_inset space ~
22245 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
22246 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
22247 \begin_inset Newline newline
22253 \begin_inset space ~
22258 is used to rotate floats, see section
22259 \begin_inset space ~
22263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22265 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22272 \begin_layout Standard
22273 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
22274 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
22277 \begin_inset space ~
22281 \begin_inset space ~
22289 \begin_layout Description
22291 \begin_inset space ~
22295 \begin_inset space ~
22298 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
22301 \begin_layout Description
22303 \begin_inset space ~
22307 \begin_inset space ~
22310 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
22313 \begin_layout Description
22315 \begin_inset space ~
22319 \begin_inset space ~
22322 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
22325 \begin_layout Description
22327 \begin_inset space ~
22331 \begin_inset space ~
22334 floats: try to place the float at an own page
22337 \begin_layout Standard
22338 The order of the above option is
22343 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
22347 \begin_inset space ~
22351 \begin_inset space ~
22359 \begin_inset space ~
22363 \begin_inset space ~
22368 , and then the others.
22369 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22371 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22372 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22375 \begin_layout Standard
22376 By default, each option has its own rules:
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22383 \begin_inset space ~
22387 \begin_inset space ~
22392 only floats occupying less than 70
22393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22396 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22403 \begin_inset space ~
22407 \begin_inset space ~
22412 : only floats occupying less than 30
22413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22416 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22419 \begin_layout Standard
22423 \begin_inset space ~
22427 \begin_inset space ~
22432 : only if more than 50
22433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22436 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22440 \begin_layout Standard
22441 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22445 \begin_inset space ~
22449 \begin_inset space ~
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22459 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22460 For this case you can use the option
22463 \begin_inset space ~
22469 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22471 Because the float is then no longer able to
22472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22479 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22482 \begin_layout Standard
22483 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22484 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22487 \begin_layout Standard
22488 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22490 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22492 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22499 \begin_layout Section
22501 \begin_inset Index idx
22504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22513 name "sec:Minipages"
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22521 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22523 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22524 \begin_inset space ~
22531 \begin_layout Standard
22532 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22538 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22539 and its alignment within the page.
22542 \begin_layout Standard
22544 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22554 height_special "totalheight"
22557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22560 This is a minipage.
22561 The text is set in an italic style.
22564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22568 another formatting.
22576 \begin_layout Standard
22577 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22580 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22584 as described in section
22585 \begin_inset space ~
22589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22591 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22596 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22603 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22613 height_special "totalheight"
22616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22617 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22618 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22628 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22638 height_special "totalheight"
22641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22642 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22643 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22651 \begin_layout Standard
22652 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22659 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22660 to other box types.
22661 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22672 \begin_layout Chapter
22673 Mathematical Formulas
22674 \begin_inset Index idx
22677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 \begin_inset Index idx
22687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22718 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22725 \begin_layout Standard
22726 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22731 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22734 \begin_layout Section
22736 \begin_inset Index idx
22739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22749 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22756 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22758 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22759 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22760 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22768 \begin_layout Standard
22769 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22773 \begin_inset space ~
22778 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22781 \begin_layout Standard
22782 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22783 line, like this one:
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 This is a line with an inline formula
22788 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22794 \begin_layout Standard
22795 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22797 \begin_inset Formula
22804 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22808 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22814 \begin_inset space \space{}
22818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22831 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22832 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22836 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22839 \begin_inset space ~
22847 \begin_layout Subsection
22848 Navigating in Formulas
22849 \begin_inset Index idx
22852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22861 \begin_layout Standard
22862 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22863 achieved with the arrow keys.
22864 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22865 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22870 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22871 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22875 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22879 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22882 \end{array}\right]$
22890 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22895 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22896 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22904 , printed in this document as
22905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22926 \begin_inset Note Note
22929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22931 space character (visible space).
22936 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22937 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22938 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22943 For example, if you want
22944 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22998 , since in the latter case only the
23001 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
23006 will be under the square root sign:
23007 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
23013 \begin_layout Standard
23014 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
23016 \begin_inset Formula
23018 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23027 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
23028 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
23031 \begin_layout Subsection
23035 \begin_layout Standard
23036 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
23037 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
23041 and a cursor movement key to select text.
23042 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
23043 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
23044 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
23045 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
23048 \begin_layout Subsection
23049 Exponents and Subscripts
23050 \begin_inset Index idx
23053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23060 \begin_inset Index idx
23063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23072 \begin_layout Standard
23073 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
23074 way is to use a command.
23076 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
23079 , type in a formula
23085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
23107 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
23111 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
23120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23132 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
23134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23141 , you have to use an extra
23145 to separate the hat and the character.
23147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23151 \begin_inset space \space{}
23155 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23176 Subscripts are similar: To get
23177 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
23186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23200 \begin_layout Subsection
23202 \begin_inset Index idx
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23214 \begin_layout Standard
23215 Create a fraction with either the command
23222 \begin_inset Graphics
23223 filename ../images/math/frac.png
23231 \begin_inset space ~
23237 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
23238 The cursor is above the fraction line.
23239 To move it to the bottom, simply press
23244 To move back up, press
23249 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
23250 \begin_inset Formula
23252 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
23255 \end{array}\right)}\right]
23263 \begin_layout Subsection
23265 \begin_inset Index idx
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23278 Roots can be created using the
23281 \begin_inset space ~
23287 \begin_inset Graphics
23288 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
23290 groupId toolbarbuttons
23313 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
23319 produces always a square root.
23322 \begin_layout Subsection
23323 Operators with Limits
23324 \begin_inset Index idx
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23334 \begin_inset Index idx
23337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23346 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23353 \begin_layout Standard
23355 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23359 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23362 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23363 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23364 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23365 The sum operator will automatically place its
23366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23373 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23376 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23380 \begin_inset Formula
23382 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23387 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23391 \begin_layout Standard
23392 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23394 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23395 behind the operator and hitting
23403 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23404 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23406 \begin_inset space ~
23410 \begin_inset space ~
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23427 feature as addition, such as
23428 \begin_inset Index idx
23431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 \begin_inset Formula
23440 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23445 which will place the
23446 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23458 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23459 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23465 \begin_layout Standard
23466 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23473 Have a look at section
23474 \begin_inset space ~
23478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23480 reference "sub:Functions"
23484 for an explanation of function macros.
23487 \begin_layout Subsection
23489 \begin_inset Index idx
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 \begin_layout Standard
23502 Most math symbols can be found in the
23505 \begin_inset space ~
23510 under one of several categories; including
23527 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23531 \begin_layout Standard
23532 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23533 you don't have to use the
23536 \begin_inset space ~
23541 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23542 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23545 \begin_layout Subsection
23547 \begin_inset Index idx
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 \begin_layout Standard
23560 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23565 arg "space-insert protected"
23571 \begin_inset space ~
23577 \begin_inset Graphics
23578 filename ../images/math/space.png
23580 groupId toolbarbuttons
23585 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23586 For example, the sequence
23591 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23595 \begin_inset Graphics
23596 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23601 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23602 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23603 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23604 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23606 Here are two examples:
23609 \begin_layout Standard
23619 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23625 \begin_layout Standard
23635 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23641 \begin_layout Subsection
23643 \begin_inset Index idx
23646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23655 name "sub:Functions"
23662 \begin_layout Standard
23666 \begin_inset space ~
23671 contains under the button
23672 \begin_inset Graphics
23673 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23675 groupId toolbarbuttons
23679 a number of function macros, such as
23680 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23684 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23692 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23699 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23700 avoid confusions, because
23701 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23705 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23711 \begin_layout Standard
23712 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23714 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23718 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23724 \begin_layout Standard
23725 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23726 s are placed, as described in section
23727 \begin_inset space ~
23731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23733 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23740 \begin_layout Subsection
23742 \begin_inset Index idx
23745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23754 \begin_layout Standard
23755 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23757 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23758 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23763 \begin_inset space \space{}
23767 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23770 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23771 Our example is entered by typing
23779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 \begin_inset space ~
23796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23798 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23802 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23805 \begin_layout Standard
23806 \begin_inset Float table
23811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23812 \begin_inset Caption
23814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23817 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23821 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 \begin_inset Tabular
23832 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23833 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23920 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23974 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
24038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24082 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
24092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24136 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
24146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
24200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24244 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
24254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24298 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
24308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24352 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24397 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24422 \begin_inset space ~
24428 \begin_inset Graphics
24429 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24431 groupId toolbarbuttons
24435 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24439 \begin_layout Section
24440 Brackets and Delimiters
24441 \begin_inset Index idx
24444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 \begin_inset Index idx
24454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24463 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24471 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24472 For most purposes, using just the keys
24477 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24478 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24479 toolbar delimiter icon
24482 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24486 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24488 \begin_inset Formula
24490 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24498 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24499 \begin_inset Formula
24501 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24510 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24511 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24514 \begin_layout Standard
24515 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24516 left side and right side.
24517 If you use the option
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24525 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24526 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24527 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24528 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24533 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24534 inside the brackets.
24535 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24540 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24543 \begin_layout Section
24544 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24545 \begin_inset Index idx
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24555 \begin_inset Index idx
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24565 \begin_inset Index idx
24568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24569 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24578 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24581 \begin_inset space ~
24587 \begin_inset Graphics
24588 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24590 groupId toolbarbuttons
24595 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24596 Here is an example:
24597 \begin_inset Formula
24599 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24608 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24609 \begin_inset space ~
24613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24615 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24620 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24621 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24622 This alignment is set in the box
24627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24675 for every column as default.
24676 For example, the sequence
24677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24688 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24689 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24690 corresponds to the relevant column.
24691 The result will look like this:
24692 \begin_inset Formula
24695 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24696 column & has & has\, right\\
24697 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24707 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24710 arg "newline-insert newline"
24713 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24714 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24716 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24719 or the math toolbar.
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24724 It can be created with the menu
24726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24727 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24741 Here is an example:
24742 \begin_inset Formula
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24760 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24763 arg "newline-insert newline"
24767 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24772 arg "newline-insert newline"
24775 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24783 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24784 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24785 A new row is created by every further hit of
24788 arg "newline-insert newline"
24792 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24793 Here is an example:
24794 \begin_inset Formula
24796 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24797 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24802 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24803 where you want to start the shift and hit
24808 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24809 position to the next column.
24810 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24811 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24812 \begin_inset Formula
24814 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24823 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24830 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24831 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24834 reference "eq:asquared"
24839 The other types are described in section
24840 \begin_inset space ~
24844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24846 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24853 \begin_layout Section
24854 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24855 \begin_inset Index idx
24858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24859 Math ! Formula numbering
24865 \begin_inset Index idx
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24869 Math ! Referencing formulas
24875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24877 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24884 \begin_layout Standard
24885 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24888 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24890 \begin_inset space ~
24898 arg "math-number-toggle"
24902 The formula number appears in LyX as
24903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24910 within parentheses.
24912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24919 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24921 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24922 the document class.
24923 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24924 separated by a dot:
24925 \begin_inset Formula
24935 arg "math-number-toggle"
24938 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24939 You can only number displayed formulas.
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24945 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24946 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24948 \begin_inset space ~
24952 \begin_inset space ~
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24964 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24967 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24968 \begin_inset Formula
24971 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24977 To number all lines use the shortcut
24980 arg "math-number-toggle"
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24987 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24990 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24991 A label is inserted with the menu
24993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24996 when the cursor is in the formula.
24997 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24998 It is recommended to use the proposed
24999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25010 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
25011 type when you have many labels in your document.
25012 We inserted in the following example the label
25013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25020 in the second line:
25021 \begin_inset Formula
25023 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
25024 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
25029 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
25030 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
25032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25040 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
25042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25044 \begin_inset space ~
25050 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
25051 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
25052 as the formula number:
25055 \begin_layout Standard
25056 This is a cross-reference to equation (
25057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25059 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25066 \begin_layout Standard
25067 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
25068 \begin_inset space ~
25072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25074 reference "sec:Cross-References"
25079 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
25082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25085 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
25089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25090 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
25098 \begin_layout Section
25099 User defined math macros
25100 \begin_inset Index idx
25103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25112 \begin_layout Standard
25113 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
25114 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
25115 Math macros are explained in section
25118 \begin_inset space ~
25130 \begin_layout Section
25134 \begin_layout Subsection
25136 \begin_inset Index idx
25139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25149 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
25150 To set a font in a formula, use the
25153 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset Graphics
25160 filename ../images/math/font.png
25162 groupId toolbarbuttons
25166 , or enter its command, listed in table
25167 \begin_inset space ~
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25173 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25181 \begin_inset Float table
25186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25187 \begin_inset Caption
25189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25192 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25196 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25206 \begin_inset Tabular
25207 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
25208 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
25209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25242 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
25250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25269 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
25277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25296 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
25304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25329 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25356 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25417 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25444 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25487 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25505 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25510 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25511 space when you need a space in the box.
25512 Here an example where
25513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25524 denotes the set of numbers:
25525 \begin_inset Formula
25527 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25542 \begin_inset space \space{}
25554 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25558 \begin_inset Newline newline
25561 So it is better not to use this feature.
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25565 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25566 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25570 \begin_inset Newline newline
25573 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25579 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25580 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25593 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25597 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25599 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25600 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25610 \begin_layout Subsection
25612 \begin_inset Index idx
25615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25625 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25627 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25631 \begin_inset space ~
25635 \begin_inset space ~
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25649 \begin_inset Graphics
25650 filename ../images/math/font.png
25652 groupId toolbarbuttons
25663 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25664 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25665 Here is an example:
25666 \begin_inset Formula
25669 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25670 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25679 \begin_layout Subsection
25681 \begin_inset Index idx
25684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25693 \begin_layout Standard
25694 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25695 automatically chosen in most situations.
25713 For most characters,
25721 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25722 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25727 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25728 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25730 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25731 \begin_inset Graphics
25732 filename ../images/math/style.png
25734 groupId toolbarbuttons
25739 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25740 For example, you can set
25741 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25744 , which is normally in
25753 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25757 The four styles are used in the following example:
25760 \begin_layout Standard
25761 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25765 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25769 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25773 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25780 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25781 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25783 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25785 \begin_inset space ~
25790 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25791 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25792 will be adjusted to correspond.
25793 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25808 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25814 \begin_layout Section
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25819 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25820 the document classes and into layout modules.
25821 \begin_inset Index idx
25824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25830 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25831 other than the AMS classes.
25833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25835 reference "sub:Modules"
25839 for more on layout modules.
25842 \begin_layout Section
25844 \begin_inset Index idx
25847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25854 \begin_inset Index idx
25857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25868 (AMS) that are in common use.
25871 \begin_layout Subsection
25872 Enabling AMS-Support
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25876 Selecting the checkbox
25879 \begin_inset space ~
25883 \begin_inset space ~
25887 \begin_inset space ~
25894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25898 \begin_inset Index idx
25901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25902 Document ! Settings
25910 \begin_inset space ~
25915 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25917 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25918 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25921 \begin_layout Subsection
25923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25925 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25930 \begin_inset Index idx
25933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25934 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25942 \begin_layout Standard
25943 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25944 LyX allows you to choose between
25965 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25968 \begin_layout Chapter
25972 \begin_layout Section
25974 \begin_inset Index idx
25977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25986 name "sec:Cross-References"
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25995 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25997 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25998 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25999 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
26002 \begin_layout Enumerate
26006 \begin_layout Enumerate
26007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26009 name "enu:Second-item"
26016 \begin_layout Enumerate
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26021 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
26023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26026 or by pressing the toolbar button
26033 A grey label box like this:
26034 \begin_inset Graphics
26035 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
26040 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
26041 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
26043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26076 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
26077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26081 \begin_inset space \space{}
26084 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
26085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 \begin_layout Standard
26100 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
26102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26105 or the toolbar button
26108 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
26112 A grey cross-reference box like this:
26113 \begin_inset Graphics
26114 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
26119 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
26121 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
26122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26134 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26144 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
26149 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
26150 to the actual cursor position via the menu
26152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26159 Here is our cross-reference: Item
26160 \begin_inset space ~
26164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26166 reference "enu:Second-item"
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26174 It is recommended to use a protected space
26178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 described in section
26180 \begin_inset space ~
26184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26186 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
26195 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
26199 \begin_layout Standard
26200 There are six varieties of cross-references:
26203 \begin_layout Description
26204 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
26205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26207 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26214 \begin_layout Description
26215 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
26216 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
26218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26228 reference "eq:tanhExp"
26235 \begin_layout Description
26236 <page>: prints the page number: Page
26237 \begin_inset space ~
26241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26242 LatexCommand pageref
26243 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26250 \begin_layout Description
26252 \begin_inset space ~
26256 \begin_inset space ~
26259 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
26260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26261 LatexCommand vpageref
26262 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26269 \begin_layout Description
26271 \begin_inset space ~
26275 \begin_inset space ~
26279 \begin_inset space ~
26282 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
26283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26285 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26292 \begin_layout Description
26294 \begin_inset space ~
26297 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
26298 \begin_inset Newline newline
26302 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26310 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
26319 \begin_inset Index idx
26322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26323 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
26329 \begin_inset Index idx
26332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26333 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26346 \begin_layout Description
26348 \begin_inset space ~
26351 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26353 LatexCommand nameref
26354 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26361 \begin_layout Standard
26366 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26373 \begin_inset space \space{}
26377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26391 <reference> on page <page>
26393 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26397 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26398 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26399 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26403 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 You can only use the style
26412 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26416 is always possible.
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26420 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26421 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26423 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26424 \begin_inset space ~
26428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26430 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26438 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26442 \begin_inset space ~
26446 \begin_inset space ~
26451 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26452 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26455 \begin_inset space ~
26460 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26461 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26464 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26471 You can change labels at any time.
26472 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26473 do not need to take care about this.
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26478 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26482 References are described in detail in sec.
26483 \begin_inset space ~
26487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26501 \begin_layout Section
26502 Table of Contents and other Listings
26503 \begin_inset Index idx
26506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26513 \begin_inset Index idx
26516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26532 \begin_layout Subsection
26534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26536 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26544 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26547 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26549 \begin_inset space ~
26553 \begin_inset space ~
26559 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26560 If you click on it, the
26564 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26565 sections in your documents.
26566 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26568 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26571 that is described in sec.
26572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26578 reference "sec:Navigating"
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26586 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26587 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26589 \begin_inset space ~
26593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26595 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26599 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26601 \begin_inset space ~
26605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26607 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26611 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26613 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26616 \begin_layout Subsection
26617 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26620 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26627 \begin_layout Standard
26628 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26629 You can insert them via the
26631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26633 \begin_inset space ~
26637 \begin_inset space ~
26643 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26646 \begin_layout Section
26647 URLs and Hyperlinks
26648 \begin_inset Index idx
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26658 \begin_inset Index idx
26661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26670 \begin_layout Subsection
26672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26682 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26690 \begin_layout Standard
26691 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26692 \begin_inset Flex URL
26695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26706 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26712 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26716 \begin_layout Standard
26717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26725 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26733 \begin_layout Subsection
26735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26737 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26750 or with the toolbar button
26757 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26766 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26767 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26770 name "LyX's homepage"
26771 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26775 , an Email address like this:
26776 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26778 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26779 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26784 , or a link to a file.
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26788 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26801 to the link target.
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26805 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26806 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26807 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26808 the text style dialog.
26809 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26813 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26815 name "LyX's homepage"
26816 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26823 \begin_layout Standard
26824 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26828 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26831 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26835 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26837 \begin_inset Newline newline
26845 \begin_inset Newline newline
26852 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26855 \begin_layout Section
26857 \begin_inset Index idx
26860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26869 name "sec:Appendices"
26876 \begin_layout Standard
26877 Appendices are created with the menu
26879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26881 \begin_inset space ~
26885 \begin_inset space ~
26891 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26892 as the appendix region.
26893 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26896 \begin_layout Standard
26897 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26898 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26899 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26900 and the subsection number.
26901 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26907 \begin_inset space ~
26911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26913 reference "cha:Credits"
26918 \begin_inset space ~
26922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26924 reference "sub:Export"
26931 \begin_layout Section
26933 \begin_inset Index idx
26936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26945 name "sec:Bibliography"
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26953 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26954 You can include a bibliography database,
26958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26959 Known under the name
26960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26973 manually, using the paragraph environment
26977 , which was described in section
26978 \begin_inset space ~
26982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26984 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26989 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26990 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26994 use a bibliography database.
26997 \begin_layout Subsection
26998 The Bibliography Environment
27001 \begin_layout Standard
27006 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
27008 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
27017 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
27019 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
27021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27028 , a short form of its title, as key.
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
27034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27037 or the toolbar button
27040 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
27044 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
27045 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
27046 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
27047 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
27053 entry with surrounding brackets.
27058 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
27059 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
27061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27074 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
27077 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27079 key "latexcompanion"
27086 \begin_layout Standard
27087 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
27088 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27097 \begin_layout Subsection
27098 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
27099 \begin_inset Index idx
27102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27103 Bibliography ! Databases
27109 \begin_inset Index idx
27112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27113 Bibliography ! BibTeX
27119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27121 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
27128 \begin_layout Standard
27129 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
27134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27135 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
27137 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
27138 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
27143 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
27145 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
27146 your working field in a database.
27147 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
27148 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
27150 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 The database is a text file with the file extension
27156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27167 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
27168 The format is explained in
27169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27175 and in LaTeX books (
27176 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27178 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
27183 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
27184 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
27185 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
27186 \begin_inset Flex URL
27189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27191 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27200 To use a database, use the menu
27202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27207 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27220 \begin_inset space ~
27226 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
27227 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
27230 Add bibliography to TOC
27232 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
27237 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
27238 in the document or just the cited references.
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27242 The style file is a text file with the file extension
27243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27254 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
27255 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
27256 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
27258 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
27263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27264 For information how this is done, have a look at
27265 \begin_inset Newline newline
27269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
27271 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27284 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
27287 \begin_layout Standard
27288 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
27289 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
27292 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27320 \begin_inset space ~
27326 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
27332 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 When you select the option
27344 Sectioned bibliography
27348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27351 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27352 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27354 Customizing Bibliographies
27362 Additional Features
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27368 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27369 the two methods of creating them.
27370 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27371 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27372 We used the style file
27376 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27379 \begin_layout Subsection
27380 Bibliography layout
27381 \begin_inset Index idx
27384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27385 Bibliography ! Layout
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27394 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27395 For this feature you need to enable the option
27401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27405 \begin_inset Index idx
27408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27409 Document ! Settings
27419 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27420 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27421 in the previous section.
27424 \begin_layout Standard
27425 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27426 in the citation reference window.
27427 Here an example where we set the text
27428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27432 \begin_inset space ~
27436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27439 to appear after the reference:
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27444 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27447 key "latexcompanion"
27454 \begin_layout Section
27456 \begin_inset Index idx
27459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27476 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27480 \begin_inset space ~
27485 or the toolbar button
27493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27504 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27505 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27506 by LyX as the index entry.
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27510 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27511 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27515 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27523 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27527 \begin_inset space ~
27531 \begin_inset space ~
27534 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27536 \begin_inset space ~
27542 A light blue box labeled
27543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27554 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27555 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27558 \begin_layout Subsection
27559 Grouping Index Entries
27560 \begin_inset Index idx
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27575 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27576 lists under the entry
27577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27585 First we create the entry
27586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27594 \begin_inset space ~
27598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27600 reference "sub:Lists"
27605 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27606 \begin_inset space ~
27610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27612 reference "sec:Itemize"
27616 , we insert the command
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27636 for the enumerated list in section
27637 \begin_inset space ~
27641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27643 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27651 The exclamation mark
27652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27659 marks the grouping levels.
27660 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27661 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27662 If we don't have an index entry for
27663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27670 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27673 \begin_layout Subsection
27675 \begin_inset Index idx
27678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27679 Index ! Page ranges
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27688 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27690 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27691 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27693 \begin_inset space ~
27697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27699 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27709 Paragraph environments|(
27712 \begin_layout Standard
27713 and another entry at the end of section
27714 \begin_inset space ~
27718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27720 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27730 Paragraph environments|)
27733 \begin_layout Standard
27735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27758 respectively start and end the index range.
27759 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27760 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27761 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27762 An example is the index entry
27763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27766 Document ! Settings
27767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27773 \begin_layout Subsection
27775 \begin_inset Index idx
27778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27779 Index ! Cross referencing
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27788 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27789 We referred for example in the index entry
27790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27798 \begin_inset space ~
27802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27804 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27808 ) to the index entry
27809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27816 in the same section using the entry
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27822 GIF|see{Image formats}
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27826 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27827 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27828 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27831 \begin_layout Subsection
27833 \begin_inset Index idx
27836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27837 Index ! Entry order
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27847 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27848 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27853 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27855 \begin_inset space ~
27859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27861 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27870 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27871 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27896 \begin_inset Index idx
27899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27900 Dummy entries ! maïs
27906 \begin_inset Index idx
27909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27910 Dummy entries ! maître
27916 \begin_inset Index idx
27919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27925 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27926 order maïs, maison, maître.
27927 To achieve this, we use the command
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27933 previous entry@current entry
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27937 In our case we want to have
27938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27953 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27964 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27969 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27976 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27981 to generate the index (see sec.
27982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27988 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27997 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28005 reference "sub:Document-Font"
28009 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
28010 index commands start with
28011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28023 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
28028 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28055 \begin_layout Subsection
28057 \begin_inset Index idx
28060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28061 Index ! Entry layout
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
28071 \begin_inset Index idx
28074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28077 This is an italic dummy entry
28082 You can also format the page number using the character
28083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28090 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
28091 We can write for example
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28097 italic page number:|textit
28100 \begin_layout Standard
28101 to get the page number in italic.
28102 \begin_inset Index idx
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28106 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
28111 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
28113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28129 \begin_inset space ~
28135 Have a look at section
28136 \begin_inset space ~
28140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28142 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28146 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28150 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28158 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
28162 to generate the index, see sec.
28163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28169 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28178 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
28179 This is because xindy requires you
28180 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
28183 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
28184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28187 key "latexcompanion"
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28200 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
28202 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
28203 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
28204 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
28205 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
28206 If so, put the following in the preamble
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 in the index entry.
28233 \begin_inset Index idx
28236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28237 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
28242 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
28243 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
28244 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28248 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
28250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28254 \begin_inset space \space{}
28257 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
28258 for all index entries.
28259 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
28271 documentation for details,
28272 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28274 key "makeindex,xindy"
28281 \begin_layout Subsection
28283 \begin_inset Index idx
28286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28295 name "sub:Index-Program"
28302 \begin_layout Standard
28303 If the index entry program
28307 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
28311 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
28315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28320 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
28321 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28322 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28323 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28324 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28334 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28335 dialog, see section
28336 \begin_inset space ~
28340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28342 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28347 The available options are listed and explained in
28348 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28350 key "makeindex,xindy"
28355 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28361 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28365 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28366 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28370 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28371 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28374 \begin_layout Subsection
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28380 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28388 next to the standard index.
28389 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28390 packages that add this feature.
28396 \begin_inset Index idx
28399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28400 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28405 package to generate multiple indexes.
28406 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28407 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28415 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28416 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28417 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28420 \begin_layout Standard
28421 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28424 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28425 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28432 Use multiple Indexes
28433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28437 Note that the list of
28438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28445 below already contains the standard index.
28446 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28447 also appear as a heading) to the
28448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28455 input field and press the
28456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28464 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28465 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28466 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28470 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28476 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28477 indexes in the LyX work area.
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28481 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28486 \begin_inset space ~
28490 \begin_inset space ~
28499 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28500 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28501 are some additional features:
28504 \begin_layout Itemize
28505 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28506 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28509 \begin_layout Itemize
28510 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28511 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28520 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28525 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28526 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28527 to the non-subindexes.
28530 \begin_layout Section
28531 Nomenclature / Glossary
28532 \begin_inset Index idx
28535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28542 \begin_inset Index idx
28545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28576 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28584 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28585 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28589 \begin_layout Standard
28590 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28595 \begin_inset Index idx
28598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28599 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28605 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28612 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28615 \begin_layout Standard
28616 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28617 and then use the menu
28619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28625 \begin_inset space ~
28630 or the toolbar button
28633 arg "nomencl-insert"
28638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28649 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28653 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28654 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28655 The second is the description of the symbol.
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28659 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28667 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28675 \begin_layout Subsection
28676 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28677 \begin_inset Index idx
28680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28681 Nomenclature ! Layout
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28690 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28694 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28700 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28708 \begin_inset Newline newline
28716 \begin_inset Newline newline
28722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28729 character starts/ends the formula.
28730 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28742 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28752 \begin_layout Standard
28753 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28754 \begin_inset space ~
28758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28760 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28771 \begin_inset space ~
28776 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28777 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28782 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28789 in this document is:
28790 \begin_inset Newline newline
28795 dummy entry for the character
28800 \begin_inset Newline newline
28812 \begin_inset space ~
28822 font use the command
28851 \begin_layout Subsection
28852 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28853 \begin_inset Index idx
28856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28857 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28866 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28867 the symbol definition.
28868 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28869 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28872 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28873 LatexCommand nomenclature
28875 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28882 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28886 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28887 LatexCommand nomenclature
28890 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28895 They will be sorted by
28896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28922 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28925 will be sorted before the
28929 since the character
28930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28937 is considered in sorting.
28940 \begin_layout Standard
28941 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28944 \begin_inset space ~
28949 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28950 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28952 For the example given, you can insert
28956 in this field for the
28957 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28964 will be located before
28965 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28972 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28977 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28986 \begin_layout Subsection
28987 Nomenclature Options
28988 \begin_inset Index idx
28991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28992 Nomenclature ! Options
29000 \begin_layout Standard
29005 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
29006 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
29009 \begin_layout Description
29010 refeq Appends the phrase
29011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29026 to every nomenclature entry, where
29032 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
29035 \begin_layout Description
29036 refpage Appends the phrase
29037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29052 to every nomenclature entry, where
29058 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
29061 \begin_layout Description
29062 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
29065 \begin_layout Standard
29066 There are furthermore the options
29110 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
29114 \begin_layout Standard
29115 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
29116 class options list in the
29118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29122 In this document the option
29129 \begin_layout Standard
29130 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29136 \begin_layout Standard
29137 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
29138 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
29143 field in the nomenclature dialog:
29146 \begin_layout Description
29156 \begin_layout Description
29159 nomrefpage Like the
29166 \begin_layout Description
29169 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
29178 \begin_layout Description
29182 \begin_inset space ~
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29193 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
29196 \begin_layout Subsection
29197 Printing the Nomenclature
29198 \begin_inset Index idx
29201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 Nomenclature ! Printing
29210 \begin_layout Standard
29211 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
29213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29215 \begin_inset space ~
29219 \begin_inset space ~
29222 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29226 A light blue box labeled
29227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29238 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
29239 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29243 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
29244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29252 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
29260 For example, in order to change the name to
29264 , add the following line to the preamble:
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29275 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29279 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29286 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
29287 by adding the following line to the preamble:
29290 \begin_layout Standard
29298 nomlabelwidth}{width}
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29304 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
29305 \begin_inset space ~
29309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29311 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
29316 The default value is 1
29317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29323 \begin_layout Subsection
29324 Nomenclature Program
29325 \begin_inset Index idx
29328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29329 Nomenclature ! Program
29335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29337 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 LyX uses the program
29349 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29350 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29355 by adding options, see section
29356 \begin_inset space ~
29360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29362 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29367 The available options are listed and explained in
29368 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29370 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29377 \begin_layout Section
29379 \begin_inset Index idx
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 \begin_inset Index idx
29392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29393 Document ! Branches
29399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29401 name "sec:Branches"
29408 \begin_layout Standard
29409 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29410 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29411 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29412 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29416 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29417 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29418 To create a branch, either select the menu
29420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29421 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29424 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29433 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29434 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29435 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29436 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29437 (see below for an example).
29438 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29439 to the name of the other) and to add
29440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29452 \begin_inset space ~
29455 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29456 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29460 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29461 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29466 where you can choose a branch.
29467 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29471 \begin_layout Standard
29472 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29473 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29477 \begin_inset Branch Question
29480 \begin_layout Standard
29481 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29489 \begin_layout Standard
29490 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29494 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29510 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29513 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29514 Consider for example a file
29515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29522 which has the above branches.
29524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29531 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29555 branch were inactive,
29556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29571 branch was active, likewise
29572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29587 branch was active, and
29588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29591 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29595 if both branches were active.
29596 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29600 \begin_layout Standard
29601 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29607 \begin_layout Standard
29608 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29609 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29611 For example you can define for the question branch
29615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29616 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29617 \begin_inset space ~
29621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29623 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29655 \begin_layout Standard
29656 and for the answer branch
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29669 \begin_layout Standard
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 \begin_inset Branch Question
29683 \begin_layout Standard
29687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29716 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29751 \begin_layout Standard
29752 Now it is possible to use the commands
29756 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29763 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29766 to obtain conditional output.
29767 Here is an example formula where only the
29774 \begin_inset Formula
29776 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29784 \begin_layout Standard
29785 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29793 \begin_layout Section
29795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29797 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29802 \begin_inset Index idx
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 \begin_layout Standard
29819 dialog allows you in the
29823 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29824 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29829 \begin_inset Index idx
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29833 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29841 \begin_layout Standard
29846 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29847 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29848 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29850 You can specify in the dialog tab
29854 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29856 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29857 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29861 \begin_layout Standard
29866 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29867 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29868 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29870 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29871 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29873 \begin_inset space ~
29876 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29877 \begin_inset space ~
29880 1 will only display the sections.
29883 \begin_layout Standard
29884 The header information in the dialog tab
29888 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29889 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29894 \begin_inset space \space{}
29897 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29898 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29901 Automatic fill header
29903 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29904 title and author settings.
29907 \begin_layout Standard
29910 Load in fullscreen mode
29912 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29916 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29917 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29923 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29924 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29933 \begin_layout Section
29934 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29937 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29944 \begin_layout Subsection
29946 \begin_inset Index idx
29949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29958 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29966 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29967 constructs, but not all.
29968 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29969 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29970 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29971 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29972 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29976 \begin_layout Standard
29977 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29979 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29983 \begin_inset space ~
29988 or by the toolbar button
29995 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30000 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
30001 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
30002 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
30003 using the LaTeX-command
30009 , you can write the command part
30015 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
30019 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
30020 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
30021 the following example:
30024 \begin_layout Standard
30025 \begin_inset Graphics
30026 filename clipart/ERT.png
30034 \begin_layout Standard
30038 \begin_layout Standard
30039 This is a line with a
30043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 \begin_layout Standard
30067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30075 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
30076 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
30084 \begin_layout Subsection
30085 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
30086 \begin_inset Argument
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 \begin_inset Index idx
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30108 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30115 \begin_layout Standard
30116 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
30117 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
30118 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
30119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30127 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
30128 any time if you know the right commands.
30130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30134 \begin_inset space \space{}
30137 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
30139 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
30140 all caption labels bold.
30141 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
30143 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
30147 \begin_layout Standard
30148 Now LaTeX comes into play.
30149 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
30150 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
30152 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30161 \begin_layout Standard
30162 As result you know that the package
30167 \begin_inset Index idx
30170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30171 LaTeX-packages ! caption
30177 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
30179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30185 \begin_layout Standard
30190 usepackage[options]{package name}
30193 \begin_layout Standard
30194 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
30195 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
30196 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
30199 \begin_layout Standard
30200 In your case the package name is
30205 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
30210 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
30211 So you add the command
30214 \begin_layout Standard
30219 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
30222 \begin_layout Standard
30223 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 For more commands provided by the
30232 package, have a look at its documentation,
30233 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30247 \begin_layout Standard
30248 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
30250 For example if you use a
30254 class, you don't need the package
30258 , you can instead write
30261 \begin_layout Standard
30266 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30271 \begin_layout Standard
30272 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30273 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30274 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30281 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30284 \begin_layout Standard
30285 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30286 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30288 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
30289 the previous section.
30292 \begin_layout Standard
30293 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
30295 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30297 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30304 \begin_layout Standard
30305 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30311 \begin_layout Standard
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30325 \begin_inset Note Note
30328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30337 \begin_layout Left Header
30338 \begin_inset Argument
30341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 \begin_inset Note Note
30364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 defines the header line as described below
30373 \begin_layout Center Header
30374 \begin_inset Argument
30377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 \begin_layout Right Header
30387 \begin_inset Argument
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 \begin_layout Left Footer
30412 \begin_inset Argument
30415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 \begin_layout Center Footer
30437 \begin_inset Argument
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 \begin_inset Newline newline
30455 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30461 \begin_layout Right Footer
30462 \begin_inset Argument
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 \begin_layout Section
30488 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30489 \begin_inset Index idx
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30493 Document ! Header/Footer line
30499 \begin_inset Index idx
30502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 \begin_layout Standard
30512 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30513 to set the headings style to
30519 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30525 \begin_inset space ~
30531 As second step add in the menu
30533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30534 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30541 Custom Header/Footerlines
30542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30546 This module offers the 6
30547 \begin_inset space ~
30553 \begin_layout Description
30555 \begin_inset space ~
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30563 \begin_inset space ~
30567 \begin_inset space ~
30571 \begin_inset space ~
30577 \begin_layout Description
30579 \begin_inset space ~
30583 \begin_inset space ~
30587 \begin_inset space ~
30591 \begin_inset space ~
30595 \begin_inset space ~
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30602 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30606 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30607 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30609 \begin_inset space ~
30613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30615 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30619 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30623 \begin_inset Float figure
30629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 \begin_inset Tabular
30633 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30634 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30635 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30636 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30637 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30686 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 The normal text on the page goes here.
30702 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30704 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30705 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 \begin_inset Caption
30797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30800 name "fig:Page-layout"
30804 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30817 \begin_layout Subsection
30821 \begin_layout Standard
30822 To define your header line, add all 3
30823 \begin_inset space ~
30827 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30828 the optional arguments on even pages.
30829 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30831 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30832 Defining the footer line works similar.
30835 \begin_layout Standard
30836 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30852 \begin_inset space ~
30860 \begin_layout Description
30863 thepage prints the current page number
30866 \begin_layout Description
30869 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30872 \begin_layout Description
30875 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30878 \begin_layout Description
30881 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30882 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30889 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30892 because it usually goes in a left header.
30895 \begin_layout Description
30898 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30899 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30901 It is normally used in the right header.
30904 \begin_layout Subsection
30905 Default header/footer
30908 \begin_layout Standard
30909 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30910 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30911 footer has the page number.
30912 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30913 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30914 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30917 \begin_inset space ~
30925 \begin_layout Subsection
30929 \begin_layout Standard
30930 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30931 Some pages are different.
30932 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30933 a new part or chapter in your book.
30934 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30935 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30936 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30940 Header and footer decoration line
30943 \begin_layout Standard
30944 By default, you get a 0.4
30945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30948 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30949 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30961 in the following scheme:
30964 \begin_layout Standard
30971 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30974 \begin_layout Standard
30975 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30984 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30991 \begin_layout Standard
30992 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30993 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30994 \begin_inset space ~
30998 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31008 Several header/footer lines
31011 \begin_layout Standard
31012 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
31013 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
31014 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
31016 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
31028 in this scheme in your document preamble:
31031 \begin_layout Standard
31038 headheight}{height}
31041 \begin_layout Standard
31042 Where height is a size in standard units.
31043 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
31044 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
31045 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
31047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 and look via the button
31064 \begin_inset space ~
31069 if you find a warning of the package
31074 \begin_inset Index idx
31077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
31084 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
31085 for your header/footer.
31088 \begin_layout Subsection
31092 \begin_layout Standard
31093 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
31094 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
31095 This example consists of the following definition:
31098 \begin_layout Description
31100 \begin_inset space ~
31109 , empty optional argument
31112 \begin_layout Description
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31117 Header empty, empty optional argument
31120 \begin_layout Description
31122 \begin_inset space ~
31131 in the optional argument
31134 \begin_layout Description
31136 \begin_inset space ~
31145 in the optional argument
31148 \begin_layout Description
31150 \begin_inset space ~
31162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31166 \begin_inset Newline newline
31170 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
31174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31177 in the optional argument
31180 \begin_layout Description
31182 \begin_inset space ~
31191 , empty optional argument
31194 \begin_layout Description
31197 headrulewidth set to 2
31198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31204 \begin_layout Standard
31205 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
31207 For more special things like e.
31208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31212 \begin_inset space ~
31215 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
31220 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31229 \begin_layout Standard
31230 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
31236 \begin_layout Standard
31240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 pagestyle{headings}
31250 \begin_inset Note Note
31253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31254 switches back to page style with the default headings
31262 \begin_layout Section
31263 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31266 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31271 \begin_inset Index idx
31274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 \begin_inset Index idx
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31293 \begin_layout Standard
31294 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31295 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31296 to break your train of thought with
31298 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31304 \begin_layout Standard
31305 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
31306 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
31311 \begin_inset Index idx
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31320 as explained below, and turn on
31323 \begin_inset space ~
31330 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31334 \begin_inset space ~
31338 \begin_inset space ~
31341 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31346 \begin_inset space ~
31351 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31354 \begin_layout Standard
31355 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31357 Previews of an already loaded document are
31361 generated just by selecting the
31364 \begin_inset space ~
31369 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31372 \begin_layout Standard
31373 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31374 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31377 \begin_inset space ~
31382 check box in the insert dialog.
31383 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31388 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31392 (on some systems named simply
31397 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31399 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31405 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31406 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31414 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31419 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31425 \begin_layout Standard
31426 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31430 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31432 \begin_inset space ~
31437 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31438 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31440 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31441 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31442 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31443 the source view window.
31446 \begin_layout Section
31447 Advanced Find and Replace
31448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31450 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31455 \begin_inset Index idx
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 \begin_inset Index idx
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31477 \begin_layout Subsection
31481 \begin_layout Standard
31482 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31483 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31484 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31485 The key-features are:
31488 \begin_layout Itemize
31489 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31490 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31491 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31495 \begin_layout Itemize
31496 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31497 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31498 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31499 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31502 \begin_layout Itemize
31503 Search may be widened to a specific
31508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31512 \begin_inset space ~
31515 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31516 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31523 \begin_layout Itemize
31524 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31525 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31530 \begin_inset space ~
31533 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31536 \begin_layout Subsection
31540 \begin_layout Standard
31541 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31544 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31557 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31560 ) or the toolbar button
31563 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31569 Advanced Find and Replace
31574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31578 \begin_layout Standard
31583 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31588 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31593 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31594 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31595 Pressing repeatedly
31599 keeps searching forward.
31600 Similarly, pressing
31604 searches for the entered text backwards.
31607 \begin_layout Standard
31608 While searching, the
31612 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31622 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31626 Searching for mathematics
31629 \begin_layout Standard
31630 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31634 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31635 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31638 or also something more complex like
31639 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31643 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31644 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31645 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31646 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31656 \begin_layout Standard
31657 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31658 This is done by switching to the
31662 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31667 This way, entering in the
31674 \begin_layout Itemize
31675 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31676 in emphasized or boldface.
31679 \begin_layout Itemize
31680 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31681 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31682 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31683 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31686 \begin_layout Itemize
31687 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31688 of if only within section headings.
31689 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31690 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31694 \begin_layout Itemize
31695 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31696 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31699 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31703 \begin_layout Standard
31704 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31708 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31716 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31720 button or alternatively
31742 \begin_layout Standard
31743 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31744 text segments in your document.
31745 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31749 \begin_layout Itemize
31750 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31751 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31759 with its typewriter version
31762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31772 \begin_layout Itemize
31773 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31779 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31791 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31798 (you may want to enable the
31806 options and disable the
31814 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31822 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31823 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31827 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31830 , or occurrences of
31831 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31835 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31841 \begin_layout Subsection
31845 \begin_layout Standard
31846 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31853 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31855 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31864 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31870 This is done via the menu
31872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31873 Insert Regular Expression
31875 while the cursor is in the
31880 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31881 expression matching rules
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31892 \begin_inset space ~
31895 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31896 to match expressions.
31901 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31902 same text in the document.
31903 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31904 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31907 \begin_layout Enumerate
31908 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31913 editor the fraction
31914 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31918 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31921 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31922 fractions with the given denominator.
31925 \begin_layout Enumerate
31926 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31938 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31943 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31944 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31946 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31949 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31950 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31953 \begin_layout Standard
31954 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31955 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31956 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31959 , and referring back to them through
31960 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31964 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31968 For example, try searching for the regexp
31969 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31972 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31975 \begin_layout Standard
31976 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31977 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31978 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31983 \begin_inset space ~
31987 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31990 always refers to the first occurrence of
31991 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31994 in all entered regexps.
31997 \begin_layout Standard
31998 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
32002 \begin_layout Section
32004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32006 name "sec:Spellchecking"
32011 \begin_inset Index idx
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 \begin_layout Standard
32024 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
32027 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32034 or the toolbar button
32037 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
32040 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
32041 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
32042 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
32043 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
32044 scrolled so that it is visible.
32045 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
32046 n, if any could be found.
32047 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
32051 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
32052 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
32055 \begin_layout Standard
32056 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
32059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32063 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
32064 a different one at the top of the dialog.
32065 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
32066 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
32067 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
32068 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
32071 \begin_layout Subsection
32075 \begin_layout Standard
32076 In LyX's preferences dialog under
32079 \begin_inset space ~
32082 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32085 you can set the following things:
32088 \begin_layout Description
32090 \begin_inset space ~
32093 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
32094 Depending on your platform,
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
32110 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
32125 \begin_layout Description
32127 \begin_inset space ~
32130 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
32131 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
32134 \begin_layout Description
32136 \begin_inset space ~
32139 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
32141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32145 \begin_inset space \space{}
32149 This should normally not be needed.
32152 \begin_layout Description
32154 \begin_inset space ~
32158 \begin_inset space ~
32161 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32173 \begin_layout Description
32175 \begin_inset space ~
32178 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32179 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
32180 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
32181 in the context menu.
32182 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32186 \begin_layout Description
32188 \begin_inset space ~
32192 \begin_inset space ~
32196 \begin_inset space ~
32199 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32203 \begin_layout Section
32205 \begin_inset Index idx
32208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32217 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32224 \begin_layout Standard
32225 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32226 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32238 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32247 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32248 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32249 are available for many languages.
32252 \begin_layout Standard
32253 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32257 \begin_layout Subsection
32258 Setting up the thesaurus
32261 \begin_layout Standard
32266 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32271 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32276 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32282 en_EN for English).
32283 For instance, the English files are named:
32286 \begin_layout Itemize
32290 \begin_layout Itemize
32294 \begin_layout Standard
32295 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32296 already on your system.
32297 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32298 \begin_inset Flex URL
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32309 \begin_inset Flex URL
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32324 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
32325 \begin_inset Flex URL
32328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32335 are usually packed in extension archives (
32339 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32341 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32342 unpack a zip archive.
32355 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32356 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32358 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32359 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32363 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32366 \begin_layout Subsection
32367 Using the thesaurus
32370 \begin_layout Standard
32371 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32373 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32376 or the toolbar button
32379 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32382 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32384 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32386 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32387 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32388 and hyponyms (such as
32396 ), compounds (such as
32400 ) and antonyms (such as
32408 ), which are marked as such.
32411 \begin_layout Standard
32412 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32413 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32417 \begin_layout Standard
32418 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32419 the dictionary, such as the above
32423 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32428 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32429 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32430 For example looking up the word forms
32438 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32443 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32456 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32457 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32458 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32461 \begin_layout Section
32463 \begin_inset Index idx
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 \begin_inset Index idx
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 Document ! Change Tracking
32483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32485 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32492 \begin_layout Standard
32493 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32494 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32495 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32496 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32500 \begin_inset space ~
32503 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32505 \begin_inset space ~
32513 \begin_layout Standard
32514 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32528 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32529 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32532 \begin_inset space ~
32536 \begin_inset space ~
32546 \begin_inset Index idx
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 Color ! Change tracking
32555 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32556 the cursor is in changed text.
32557 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32560 arg "changes-merge"
32566 \begin_layout Standard
32567 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32568 \begin_inset Index idx
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 \begin_layout Standard
32581 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32587 \begin_layout Standard
32588 \begin_inset Graphics
32589 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32597 \begin_layout Standard
32598 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32604 \begin_layout Standard
32605 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32609 \begin_layout Standard
32610 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32616 \begin_layout Standard
32617 \begin_inset Tabular
32618 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32619 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32620 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32621 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 arg "changes-track"
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32647 \begin_inset space ~
32650 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32652 \begin_inset space ~
32661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 arg "changes-output"
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32686 \begin_inset space ~
32689 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32691 \begin_inset space ~
32695 \begin_inset space ~
32699 \begin_inset space ~
32708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 Jumps to the next change
32735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 arg "change-accept"
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32760 \begin_inset space ~
32763 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32765 \begin_inset space ~
32774 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32783 arg "change-reject"
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32799 \begin_inset space ~
32802 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32804 \begin_inset space ~
32813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 arg "changes-merge"
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32838 \begin_inset space ~
32841 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32843 \begin_inset space ~
32852 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32861 arg "all-changes-accept"
32869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32877 \begin_inset space ~
32880 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32882 \begin_inset space ~
32886 \begin_inset space ~
32895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 arg "all-changes-reject"
32912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32920 \begin_inset space ~
32923 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32925 \begin_inset space ~
32929 \begin_inset space ~
32938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32962 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32964 \begin_inset space ~
32973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32998 \begin_inset space ~
33014 \begin_layout Standard
33015 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33021 \begin_layout Standard
33022 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
33023 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
33024 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
33025 the next change after the current cursor position.
33026 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
33027 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
33028 step to the next change.
33029 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
33032 \begin_layout Standard
33033 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
33034 to describe a change.
33037 \begin_layout Standard
33038 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
33043 \begin_inset Index idx
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
33053 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
33054 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33060 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
33063 \begin_layout Section
33064 Comparison of Documents
33065 \begin_inset Index idx
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 Comparison of documents
33077 \begin_layout Standard
33078 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
33080 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33084 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
33086 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
33089 \begin_inset space ~
33093 \begin_inset space ~
33097 \begin_inset space ~
33102 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
33107 \begin_inset space ~
33111 \begin_inset space ~
33115 \begin_inset space ~
33119 \begin_inset space ~
33123 \begin_inset space ~
33127 \begin_inset space ~
33132 enables the change tracking option
33135 \begin_inset space ~
33139 \begin_inset space ~
33143 \begin_inset space ~
33148 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33151 \begin_layout Section
33152 International Support
33153 \begin_inset Index idx
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 International support
33165 \begin_layout Standard
33166 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33167 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33168 how to set up LyX to use them:
33169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33171 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33178 \begin_layout Standard
33179 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33180 \begin_inset space ~
33184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33186 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33193 \begin_layout Subsection
33195 \begin_inset Index idx
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 \begin_inset Index idx
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 Document ! Settings
33215 \begin_inset Index idx
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 Document ! Language
33227 \begin_layout Standard
33230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33233 dialog lets you set
33235 the language and character encoding for your language.
33239 \begin_layout Standard
33240 Choose your language in the
33244 section of this dialog.
33252 \begin_layout Standard
33257 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33262 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33263 For details about the different encoding options see section
33264 \begin_inset space ~
33268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33270 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
33277 \begin_layout Subsection
33278 Keyboard mapping configuration
33279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33281 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33288 \begin_layout Standard
33289 If you have for example a U.
33290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33293 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33294 can use an alternate keymap.
33295 For example, if you have a U.
33296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33299 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33300 use an Italian keymap.
33301 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33303 \begin_inset space ~
33307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33309 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33314 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33315 which one you want to use.
33318 \begin_layout Standard
33319 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33320 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33321 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33322 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33323 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33324 one to support the characters you want.
33325 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33332 \begin_layout Subsection
33336 \begin_layout Standard
33338 \begin_inset space ~
33342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33344 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33353 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33357 \begin_layout Standard
33358 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33359 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33367 \begin_layout Itemize
33368 Even if you have selected
33374 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33377 dialog, users who have only the
33381 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33385 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33386 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33387 french quotes won't show up.
33390 \begin_layout Standard
33391 \begin_inset Float table
33396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 \begin_inset Caption
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33402 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 \begin_inset Tabular
33421 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33422 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33434 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 \begin_layout Standard
37853 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37855 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37856 also the characters from
37868 \begin_layout Itemize
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37878 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37886 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37893 \begin_layout Standard
37894 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37901 \begin_layout Standard
37902 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37909 \begin_layout Standard
37911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37917 \begin_layout Standard
37919 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37925 \begin_layout Standard
37927 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37934 \begin_layout Itemize
37947 \begin_layout Standard
37949 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37957 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37963 \begin_layout Standard
37965 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37979 \begin_layout Standard
37981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37987 \begin_layout Standard
37989 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37996 \begin_layout Standard
37997 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37998 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37999 Also make sure you're using the
38006 \begin_layout Chapter
38009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38011 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
38018 \begin_layout Standard
38019 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
38020 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
38021 topic inside the user's guide.
38024 \begin_layout Section
38026 \begin_inset Index idx
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 \begin_layout Standard
38043 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
38044 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
38047 \begin_layout Subsection
38051 \begin_layout Standard
38052 Creates a new document.
38055 \begin_layout Subsection
38059 \begin_layout Standard
38060 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
38061 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
38062 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
38065 \begin_layout Subsection
38069 \begin_layout Standard
38073 \begin_layout Subsection
38077 \begin_layout Standard
38078 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
38079 Click there on a file to open it.
38082 \begin_layout Subsection
38086 \begin_layout Standard
38087 Closes the current document.
38090 \begin_layout Subsection
38094 \begin_layout Standard
38095 Closes all opened documents.
38098 \begin_layout Subsection
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 Saves the actual document.
38106 \begin_layout Subsection
38110 \begin_layout Standard
38111 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
38114 \begin_layout Subsection
38118 \begin_layout Standard
38119 Saves all opened documents.
38122 \begin_layout Subsection
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38127 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38130 \begin_layout Subsection
38134 \begin_layout Standard
38135 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
38136 It is described in the section
38138 Version Control in LyX
38142 Additional Features
38147 \begin_layout Subsection
38151 \begin_layout Standard
38152 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38153 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38154 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
38155 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
38158 \begin_layout Standard
38159 When using the menu entry
38162 \begin_inset space ~
38167 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38171 \begin_inset space ~
38175 \begin_inset space ~
38180 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38181 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38184 \begin_layout Subsection
38186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38195 \begin_layout Standard
38196 You can export your document to various file formats.
38197 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38198 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38199 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
38202 \begin_layout Standard
38203 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38205 \begin_inset space ~
38209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38211 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38218 \begin_layout Description
38222 \begin_inset space ~
38227 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
38229 \begin_inset Newline newline
38232 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
38235 \begin_layout Description
38243 \begin_layout Description
38244 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38248 \begin_layout Description
38250 \begin_inset space ~
38254 \begin_inset space ~
38257 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38261 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38269 \begin_layout Description
38276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 \begin_inset space ~
38289 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38290 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38294 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38297 \begin_layout Description
38304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38312 \begin_inset space ~
38317 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38318 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38326 \begin_layout Description
38328 \begin_inset space ~
38331 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
38332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38339 is replaced by the version number)
38342 \begin_layout Description
38343 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38346 \begin_layout Description
38347 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
38360 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38364 \begin_layout Description
38368 \begin_inset space ~
38373 PDF-format using the program
38378 \begin_layout Description
38382 \begin_inset space ~
38387 PDF-format using the program
38392 \begin_layout Description
38396 \begin_inset space ~
38401 PDF-format using the program
38406 \begin_layout Description
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38418 \begin_layout Description
38422 \begin_inset space ~
38426 \begin_inset space ~
38431 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38432 and then exported as text using the program
38437 \begin_layout Description
38442 PostScript format using the program
38447 \begin_layout Description
38455 \begin_layout Standard
38460 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38461 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38467 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38470 \begin_layout Standard
38471 If one of the menu entries
38478 \begin_inset space ~
38487 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38488 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38495 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38500 \begin_inset Index idx
38503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38504 Reconfiguration of LyX
38512 \begin_layout Standard
38517 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38518 the export program.
38521 \begin_layout Subsection
38525 \begin_layout Standard
38526 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38527 format or send it to a printer.
38528 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38529 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38535 For more information have a look at section
38536 \begin_inset space ~
38540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38542 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38549 \begin_layout Subsection
38553 \begin_layout Standard
38554 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38555 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38556 prefix, see section
38557 \begin_inset space ~
38561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38563 reference "sec:Paths"
38568 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38577 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38578 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38579 \begin_inset space ~
38583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38585 reference "sub:Converters"
38592 \begin_layout Subsection
38593 New and Close Window
38596 \begin_layout Standard
38597 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38600 \begin_layout Subsection
38604 \begin_layout Standard
38605 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38608 \begin_layout Section
38610 \begin_inset Index idx
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 \begin_layout Subsection
38626 \begin_layout Standard
38627 Described in section
38628 \begin_inset space ~
38632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38634 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38641 \begin_layout Subsection
38642 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38645 \begin_layout Standard
38646 Described in section
38647 \begin_inset space ~
38651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38653 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38660 \begin_layout Subsection
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38665 Selects the whole document.
38668 \begin_layout Subsection
38672 \begin_layout Standard
38673 Described in section
38674 \begin_inset space ~
38678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38680 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38687 \begin_layout Subsection
38688 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38691 \begin_layout Standard
38692 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38696 \begin_layout Subsection
38700 \begin_layout Standard
38701 Described in section
38702 \begin_inset space ~
38706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38708 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38715 \begin_layout Subsection
38717 \begin_inset Index idx
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38721 Paragraph ! Settings
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38731 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38734 \begin_layout Standard
38735 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38736 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38744 \begin_inset space ~
38752 \begin_layout Subsection
38753 Table Settings and Math
38756 \begin_layout Standard
38757 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38759 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38760 The properties of tables are described in section
38761 \begin_inset space ~
38765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38767 reference "sec:Tables"
38771 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38772 \begin_inset space ~
38776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38778 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38785 \begin_layout Subsection
38786 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38789 \begin_layout Standard
38790 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38791 that can be nested.
38792 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38793 \begin_inset space ~
38797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38799 reference "sec:Nesting"
38804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38806 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38813 \begin_layout Section
38815 \begin_inset Index idx
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38827 \begin_layout Standard
38832 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38833 document with an external program.
38834 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38835 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38836 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38843 reference "sub:Export"
38848 You should at least see the menu entries
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38861 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38862 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38869 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38874 \begin_inset Index idx
38877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38878 Reconfiguration of LyX
38886 \begin_layout Standard
38887 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38888 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38889 \begin_inset space ~
38893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38895 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38900 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38903 \begin_layout Standard
38904 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38907 At the bottom of the
38911 menu the opened documents are listed.
38914 \begin_layout Subsection
38915 Open/Close all Insets
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38922 \begin_layout Subsection
38923 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38926 \begin_layout Standard
38927 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38930 \begin_layout Standard
38931 Math macros are described in the
38938 \begin_layout Subsection
38942 \begin_layout Standard
38943 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38945 \begin_inset space ~
38949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38951 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38958 \begin_layout Subsection
38962 \begin_layout Standard
38963 Opens a window showing console messages.
38964 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38968 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38969 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38972 \begin_layout Subsection
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38977 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38978 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38985 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38989 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38996 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39000 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39003 \begin_layout Subsection
39004 View (Other Formats)
39007 \begin_layout Standard
39008 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39011 \begin_layout Subsection
39015 \begin_layout Standard
39016 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39017 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
39018 opening a new viewer window.
39021 \begin_layout Subsection
39022 Update (Other Formats)
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
39027 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39030 \begin_layout Subsection
39031 View Master Document
39034 \begin_layout Standard
39035 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39052 manual for more information on this topic).
39053 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39054 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39059 generates the output of the whole book, while
39063 will just output the chapter alone.
39066 \begin_layout Standard
39067 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39068 in the preferences (see sec.
39069 \begin_inset space ~
39073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39075 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39079 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39080 \begin_inset space ~
39084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39086 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39093 \begin_layout Subsection
39094 Update Master Document
39097 \begin_layout Standard
39098 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39115 manual for more information on this topic).
39116 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39117 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39120 \begin_layout Standard
39121 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39122 in the preferences (see sec.
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39129 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39133 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39134 \begin_inset space ~
39138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39140 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39147 \begin_layout Subsection
39151 \begin_layout Standard
39152 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39153 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39154 view the same document, but at different positions.
39155 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39156 or more documents at the same time.
39157 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39164 \begin_layout Subsection
39168 \begin_layout Standard
39169 Closes a split view.
39172 \begin_layout Subsection
39176 \begin_layout Standard
39177 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39178 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39179 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39180 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39181 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39184 \begin_layout Subsection
39186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39188 name "sub:Toolbars"
39193 \begin_inset Index idx
39196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39205 \begin_layout Standard
39206 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39207 All toolbars and the
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39215 can be turned on and off.
39220 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39232 \begin_inset space ~
39241 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39245 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39257 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39261 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39262 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39263 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39264 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39265 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39268 \begin_layout Standard
39269 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39276 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39283 \begin_layout Section
39285 \begin_inset Index idx
39288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39297 \begin_layout Subsection
39301 \begin_layout Standard
39302 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39303 \begin_inset space ~
39307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39309 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39320 \begin_layout Subsection
39322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39324 name "sub:Special-Character"
39331 \begin_layout Standard
39332 Here you can insert the following characters:
39335 \begin_layout Description
39336 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39337 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39338 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39339 \begin_inset Newline newline
39343 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39351 Not all characters will be visible in the
39355 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39363 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39367 ) can display every character.
39375 \begin_layout Description
39376 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39380 \begin_layout Description
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39389 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39390 \begin_inset space ~
39394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39396 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39403 \begin_layout Description
39405 \begin_inset space ~
39408 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39421 \begin_layout Description
39423 \begin_inset space ~
39426 Quote Inserts this quote:
39427 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39433 \begin_layout Description
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39438 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39442 \begin_layout Description
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39447 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39451 \begin_layout Description
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39456 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39460 \begin_layout Description
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39466 \begin_inset Index idx
39469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39476 \begin_inset Index idx
39479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39480 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39485 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39486 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39487 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39492 \begin_inset Index idx
39495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39502 \begin_inset Newline newline
39505 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39517 and this Wiki-page:
39518 \begin_inset Newline newline
39522 \begin_inset Flex URL
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39527 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39535 \begin_layout Subsection
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39543 \begin_layout Description
39544 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39545 \begin_inset script superscript
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39556 \begin_layout Description
39557 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39558 \begin_inset script subscript
39560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39569 \begin_layout Description
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39574 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39581 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39588 \begin_layout Description
39590 \begin_inset space ~
39593 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39600 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39607 \begin_layout Description
39609 \begin_inset space ~
39612 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39619 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39626 \begin_layout Description
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39631 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39632 \begin_inset space ~
39636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39638 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39645 \begin_layout Description
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39650 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39657 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39664 \begin_layout Description
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39669 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39676 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39683 \begin_layout Description
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39688 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39695 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39702 \begin_layout Description
39703 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39710 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39717 \begin_layout Description
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39722 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39729 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39736 \begin_layout Description
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39745 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39746 \begin_inset space ~
39750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39752 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39759 \begin_layout Description
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39764 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39765 text line to the page border, see section
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39772 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39779 \begin_layout Description
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39784 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39785 \begin_inset space ~
39789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39791 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39798 \begin_layout Description
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39803 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39804 text page to the page border, described in section
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39811 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39818 \begin_layout Description
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39823 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39830 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39837 \begin_layout Description
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39846 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39853 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39860 \begin_layout Subsection
39864 \begin_layout Standard
39865 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39866 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39874 reference "sec:toc"
39879 The index list is described in section
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39886 reference "sec:Index"
39890 , the nomenclature in section
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39897 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39901 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39908 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39915 \begin_layout Subsection
39919 \begin_layout Standard
39920 To insert floats, described in section
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39927 reference "sec:Floats"
39934 \begin_layout Subsection
39938 \begin_layout Standard
39939 To insert notes, described in section
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39946 reference "sec:Notes"
39953 \begin_layout Subsection
39957 \begin_layout Standard
39958 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39965 reference "sec:Branches"
39972 \begin_layout Subsection
39976 \begin_layout Standard
39977 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39978 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39980 An example is the document class
39981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39988 with three custom insets.
39991 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39997 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40000 \begin_layout Subsection
40002 \begin_inset Index idx
40005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40014 \begin_layout Standard
40015 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40016 files in your document.
40017 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40028 \begin_layout Subsection
40030 \begin_inset Index idx
40033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40042 \begin_layout Standard
40043 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40050 reference "sec:Minipages"
40055 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40066 \begin_layout Subsection
40070 \begin_layout Standard
40071 Inserts a citation as described in section
40072 \begin_inset space ~
40076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40078 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40085 \begin_layout Subsection
40089 \begin_layout Standard
40090 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40097 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40104 \begin_layout Subsection
40108 \begin_layout Standard
40109 Inserts a label as described in section
40110 \begin_inset space ~
40114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40116 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40123 \begin_layout Subsection
40125 \begin_inset Index idx
40128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40135 \begin_inset Index idx
40138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40139 Longtables ! Caption
40147 \begin_layout Standard
40148 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40149 Floats are described in section
40150 \begin_inset space ~
40154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40156 reference "sec:Floats"
40160 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40171 \begin_layout Subsection
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40176 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40183 reference "sec:Index"
40190 \begin_layout Subsection
40194 \begin_layout Standard
40195 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40196 \begin_inset space ~
40200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40202 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40209 \begin_layout Subsection
40213 \begin_layout Standard
40215 Tables are described in section
40216 \begin_inset space ~
40220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40222 reference "sec:Tables"
40229 \begin_layout Subsection
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40235 Graphics are described in section
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40242 reference "sec:Graphics"
40249 \begin_layout Subsection
40253 \begin_layout Standard
40254 Inserts an URL as described in section
40255 \begin_inset space ~
40259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40261 reference "sub:URLs"
40268 \begin_layout Subsection
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40273 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40274 \begin_inset space ~
40278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40280 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40287 \begin_layout Subsection
40291 \begin_layout Standard
40292 Inserts a footnote, see section
40293 \begin_inset space ~
40297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40299 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40306 \begin_layout Subsection
40310 \begin_layout Standard
40311 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40312 \begin_inset space ~
40316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40318 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40325 \begin_layout Subsection
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 Inserts a short title, see section
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40337 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40344 \begin_layout Subsection
40348 \begin_layout Standard
40349 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40350 \begin_inset space ~
40354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40356 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40363 \begin_layout Subsection
40365 \begin_inset Index idx
40368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40378 Inserts a program listings box.
40379 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40381 Program Code Listings
40390 \begin_layout Subsection
40394 \begin_layout Standard
40395 Inserts the actual date.
40396 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40398 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40410 \begin_layout Section
40412 \begin_inset Index idx
40415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40425 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40429 of the current document.
40430 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40433 \begin_layout Subsection
40437 \begin_layout Standard
40438 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40439 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40445 \begin_inset space \space{}
40449 \begin_inset space ~
40453 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40454 \begin_inset space ~
40457 2.5 and use the menu
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40464 \begin_inset space ~
40471 \begin_inset space ~
40477 \begin_inset space ~
40481 \begin_inset space ~
40487 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40491 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40497 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40505 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40508 \begin_layout Subsection
40509 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40517 \begin_layout Subsection
40521 \begin_layout Standard
40522 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40523 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40524 on a cross-reference box.
40527 \begin_layout Section
40529 \begin_inset Index idx
40532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40541 \begin_layout Subsection
40545 \begin_layout Standard
40546 Change Tracking is described in section
40547 \begin_inset space ~
40551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40553 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40560 \begin_layout Subsection
40565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40575 \begin_layout Standard
40576 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40578 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40581 \begin_layout Standard
40582 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40587 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40590 \begin_layout Subsection
40594 \begin_layout Standard
40595 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40596 \begin_inset space ~
40600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40602 reference "sec:Navigating"
40607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40609 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40616 \begin_layout Subsection
40617 Start Appendix Here
40620 \begin_layout Standard
40621 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40622 position as described in section
40623 \begin_inset space ~
40627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40629 reference "sec:Appendices"
40636 \begin_layout Subsection
40640 \begin_layout Standard
40641 Un/compresses the current document.
40644 \begin_layout Subsection
40648 \begin_layout Standard
40649 The document settings are described in appendix
40650 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40656 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40663 \begin_layout Section
40665 \begin_inset Index idx
40668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40677 \begin_layout Subsection
40681 \begin_layout Standard
40682 Spell checking is explained in section
40683 \begin_inset space ~
40687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40689 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40696 \begin_layout Subsection
40700 \begin_layout Standard
40701 The thesaurus is described in section
40702 \begin_inset space ~
40706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40708 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40715 \begin_layout Subsection
40717 \begin_inset Index idx
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40727 \begin_inset Index idx
40730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40739 \begin_layout Standard
40740 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
40741 highlighted document part.
40744 \begin_layout Subsection
40746 \begin_inset Index idx
40749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40758 \begin_layout Standard
40759 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40762 \begin_layout Subsection
40764 \begin_inset Index idx
40767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40768 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40779 Reconfiguration of LyX
40783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 \begin_inset Index idx
40799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40800 Reconfiguration of LyX
40808 \begin_layout Standard
40809 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40810 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40811 \begin_inset space ~
40815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40817 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40824 \begin_layout Subsection
40828 \begin_layout Standard
40829 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40830 \begin_inset space ~
40834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40836 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40843 \begin_layout Section
40845 \begin_inset Index idx
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40857 \begin_layout Standard
40858 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40862 \begin_layout Standard
40866 \begin_inset space ~
40871 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40872 found by LyX (see also section
40873 \begin_inset space ~
40877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40879 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40886 \begin_layout Section
40888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40890 name "sec:Toolbars"
40897 \begin_layout Standard
40898 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40899 \begin_inset space ~
40903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40905 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40912 \begin_layout Standard
40913 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40914 This is described in the
40916 Additional Features
40921 \begin_layout Subsection
40923 \begin_inset Index idx
40926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40935 \begin_layout Standard
40936 \begin_inset Graphics
40937 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40945 \begin_layout Standard
40946 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40952 \begin_layout Standard
40953 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 \begin_inset Note Note
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40974 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40979 manual for more information.
40987 \begin_layout Standard
40988 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40994 \begin_layout Standard
40995 \begin_inset Tabular
40996 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40997 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 \begin_inset Graphics
41006 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41020 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
41033 \begin_layout Standard
41034 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41040 \begin_layout Standard
41042 \begin_inset Tabular
41043 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41044 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41045 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41046 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 arg "dialog-show print"
41154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41176 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41220 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41280 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41340 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41356 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41394 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41409 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 Emphasize text, function of the
41439 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41441 \begin_inset space ~
41452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41473 Set text to noun style, function of the
41475 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41477 \begin_inset space ~
41488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41497 arg "textstyle-apply"
41505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41509 Formats text using the current settings in the
41511 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41513 \begin_inset space ~
41524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41548 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41550 \begin_inset space ~
41559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 arg "tabular-insert"
41604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41626 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 Toggle outline window on/off,
41640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41656 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41683 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41695 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41708 \begin_layout Subsection
41710 \begin_inset Index idx
41713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41722 \begin_layout Standard
41723 \begin_inset Graphics
41724 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41732 \begin_layout Standard
41733 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41739 \begin_layout Standard
41740 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41744 \begin_layout Standard
41745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41751 \begin_layout Standard
41752 \begin_inset Tabular
41753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41754 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41755 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41756 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 arg "layout Enumerate"
41801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41820 arg "layout Itemize"
41828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 arg "layout Description"
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41901 arg "depth-increment"
41909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41917 \begin_inset space ~
41921 \begin_inset space ~
41930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41939 arg "depth-decrement"
41947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41955 \begin_inset space ~
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 arg "float-insert figure"
41985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41992 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 arg "float-insert table"
42016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42023 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42069 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42099 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42145 \begin_inset space ~
42154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 arg "nomencl-insert"
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 arg "footnote-insert"
42205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42227 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42243 \begin_inset space ~
42252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42276 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42278 \begin_inset space ~
42287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42296 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42420 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42436 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42451 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42453 \begin_inset space ~
42462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 arg "dialog-show character"
42479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42487 \begin_inset space ~
42496 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 arg "layout-paragraph"
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42519 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42521 \begin_inset space ~
42530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42553 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42567 \begin_layout Subsection
42568 View / Update Toolbar
42569 \begin_inset Index idx
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42573 Toolbar ! View / Update
42581 \begin_layout Standard
42582 \begin_inset Graphics
42583 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42590 \begin_layout Standard
42591 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42597 \begin_layout Standard
42598 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42602 \begin_layout Standard
42603 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42609 \begin_layout Standard
42610 \begin_inset Tabular
42611 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42612 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42613 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42614 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42638 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42654 arg "buffer-update"
42662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42668 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 arg "master-buffer-view"
42692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42714 arg "master-buffer-update"
42722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42730 \begin_inset space ~
42739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42748 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42763 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42764 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42765 Synchronize with Output
42771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42776 \begin_inset Graphics
42777 filename ../images/view-others.png
42779 groupId toolbarbuttons
42790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42796 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42797 View (Other Formats)
42803 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42808 \begin_inset Graphics
42809 filename ../images/update-others.png
42811 groupId toolbarbuttons
42820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42827 Update (Other Formats)
42840 \begin_layout Standard
42841 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42845 \begin_layout Subsection
42849 \begin_layout Standard
42850 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42851 \begin_inset space ~
42855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42857 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42861 , the table toolbar
42862 \begin_inset Index idx
42865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42875 manual, the math macro toolbar
42876 \begin_inset Index idx
42879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42892 \begin_layout Chapter
42893 The Document Settings
42894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42896 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42901 \begin_inset Index idx
42904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42905 Document ! Settings
42913 \begin_layout Standard
42914 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42915 whole document and is called with the menu
42917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42921 You can save your document settings as default with th
42923 e Save as Document Defaults
42925 button in the dialog.
42926 This will create a template named
42930 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42934 \begin_layout Standard
42935 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42938 \begin_layout Section
42942 \begin_layout Standard
42943 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42945 Document classes are described in section
42946 \begin_inset space ~
42950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42952 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42957 Some classes use some class options by default.
42958 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42962 and you can decide to use them or not.
42963 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42964 recommended not to touch them.
42965 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42971 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42972 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 When you want one of the following drivers
42979 \begin_inset Newline newline
42982 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42983 \begin_inset Newline newline
42986 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42991 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42993 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43005 \begin_layout Standard
43006 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
43007 child or subdocument.
43008 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
43009 without its master.
43010 This way child documents are always compilable.
43011 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43022 \begin_layout Section
43026 \begin_layout Standard
43027 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43028 Please refer to the section
43036 manual for details.
43039 \begin_layout Section
43043 \begin_layout Standard
43044 Modules are explained in section
43045 \begin_inset space ~
43049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43051 reference "sub:Modules"
43058 \begin_layout Section
43062 \begin_layout Standard
43063 The document font settings are described in section
43064 \begin_inset space ~
43068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43070 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43077 \begin_layout Section
43081 \begin_layout Standard
43082 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43084 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43088 \begin_layout Standard
43089 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43090 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43091 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43094 \begin_layout Standard
43095 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
43103 \begin_layout Section
43107 \begin_layout Standard
43108 A description of this menu is given in section
43109 \begin_inset space ~
43113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43115 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
43120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43122 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43129 \begin_layout Section
43133 \begin_layout Standard
43134 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43135 \begin_inset space ~
43139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43141 reference "sub:Margins"
43148 \begin_layout Section
43150 \begin_inset Index idx
43153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 Language ! Encoding
43162 \begin_layout Standard
43163 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43164 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43165 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43166 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43167 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43168 known for a particular character).
43172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 The known commands are defined in a text file.
43174 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43179 manual for details.
43187 \begin_layout Standard
43188 If you use the option
43192 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43193 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43194 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43195 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43196 exactly one encoding.
43197 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43200 \begin_layout Standard
43201 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43202 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43203 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43204 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43205 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43206 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43211 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43212 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43213 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43214 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43215 engines to standard LaTeX.
43216 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43217 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43220 \begin_inset space ~
43227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43239 \begin_inset space ~
43246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43258 \begin_inset space ~
43264 \begin_inset space ~
43268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43270 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43274 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
43277 \begin_layout Standard
43278 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43281 \begin_layout Description
43283 \begin_inset space ~
43287 \begin_inset space ~
43291 \begin_inset space ~
43298 , but the LaTeX-package
43303 \begin_inset Index idx
43306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43307 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43313 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43314 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43315 languages in TeX code.
43318 \begin_layout Description
43319 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43320 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43321 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43324 \begin_layout Description
43326 \begin_inset space ~
43330 \begin_inset space ~
43333 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43336 \begin_layout Description
43338 \begin_inset space ~
43342 \begin_inset space ~
43345 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43348 \begin_layout Description
43350 \begin_inset space ~
43353 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43356 \begin_layout Description
43358 \begin_inset space ~
43362 \begin_inset space ~
43365 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43366 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43369 \begin_layout Description
43371 \begin_inset space ~
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43378 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43382 \begin_layout Description
43384 \begin_inset space ~
43388 \begin_inset space ~
43391 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43392 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43395 \begin_layout Description
43397 \begin_inset space ~
43401 \begin_inset space ~
43405 \begin_inset space ~
43408 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43409 \begin_inset space ~
43415 \begin_layout Description
43417 \begin_inset space ~
43421 \begin_inset space ~
43425 \begin_inset space ~
43428 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43429 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43432 \begin_layout Description
43434 \begin_inset space ~
43438 \begin_inset space ~
43441 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43442 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43443 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43444 \begin_inset space ~
43448 \begin_inset space ~
43454 \begin_layout Description
43456 \begin_inset space ~
43460 \begin_inset space ~
43463 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43464 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43465 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43466 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43467 \begin_inset space ~
43471 \begin_inset space ~
43477 \begin_layout Description
43479 \begin_inset space ~
43483 \begin_inset space ~
43486 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43489 \begin_layout Description
43491 \begin_inset space ~
43495 \begin_inset space ~
43498 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43501 \begin_layout Description
43503 \begin_inset space ~
43507 \begin_inset space ~
43510 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43513 \begin_layout Description
43515 \begin_inset space ~
43518 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43521 \begin_layout Description
43523 \begin_inset space ~
43526 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43529 \begin_layout Description
43531 \begin_inset space ~
43535 \begin_inset space ~
43538 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43541 \begin_layout Description
43543 \begin_inset space ~
43547 \begin_inset space ~
43553 \begin_layout Description
43555 \begin_inset space ~
43559 \begin_inset space ~
43562 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43565 \begin_layout Description
43567 \begin_inset space ~
43571 \begin_inset space ~
43577 \begin_layout Description
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43583 \begin_inset space ~
43586 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43591 \begin_inset Index idx
43594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43595 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43600 , when using this, set the document language to
43605 \begin_layout Description
43607 \begin_inset space ~
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43614 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43618 , when using this, set the document language to
43621 \begin_inset space ~
43627 \begin_layout Description
43629 \begin_inset space ~
43633 \begin_inset space ~
43636 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43641 \begin_inset Index idx
43644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43645 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43650 , when using this, set the document language to
43655 \begin_layout Description
43657 \begin_inset space ~
43661 \begin_inset space ~
43664 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43668 , when using this, set the document language to
43673 \begin_layout Description
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43679 \begin_inset space ~
43682 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43686 , when using this, set the document language to
43691 \begin_layout Description
43693 \begin_inset space ~
43696 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43699 \begin_layout Description
43701 \begin_inset space ~
43705 \begin_inset space ~
43709 \begin_inset space ~
43712 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43715 \begin_layout Description
43717 \begin_inset space ~
43721 \begin_inset space ~
43725 \begin_inset space ~
43728 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43729 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43730 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43733 \begin_layout Description
43735 \begin_inset space ~
43739 \begin_inset space ~
43745 \begin_layout Description
43747 \begin_inset space ~
43751 \begin_inset space ~
43754 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43755 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43758 \begin_layout Description
43760 \begin_inset space ~
43764 \begin_inset space ~
43767 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43772 \begin_inset Index idx
43775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43776 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43781 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43784 \begin_layout Description
43786 \begin_inset space ~
43790 \begin_inset space ~
43793 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43801 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43806 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43808 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43811 \begin_layout Description
43813 \begin_inset space ~
43817 \begin_inset space ~
43820 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43825 \begin_inset Index idx
43828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43829 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43834 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43837 \begin_layout Description
43839 \begin_inset space ~
43842 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43847 \begin_inset Index idx
43850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43851 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43857 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43861 \begin_layout Description
43863 \begin_inset space ~
43867 \begin_inset space ~
43871 \begin_inset space ~
43874 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43881 \begin_layout Description
43883 \begin_inset space ~
43887 \begin_inset space ~
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43894 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43895 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43896 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43900 \begin_layout Description
43902 \begin_inset space ~
43906 \begin_inset space ~
43910 \begin_inset space ~
43913 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43914 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43917 \begin_layout Standard
43918 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43922 LatexCommand formatted
43923 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43927 for more information on the language package.
43930 \begin_layout Section
43934 \begin_layout Standard
43935 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43936 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43943 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43950 \begin_layout Section
43954 \begin_layout Standard
43955 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43960 \begin_inset Index idx
43963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43964 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43974 \begin_inset Index idx
43977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43978 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43983 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43988 \begin_inset Index idx
43991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43992 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43997 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43999 For a further description see section
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44006 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44013 \begin_layout Section
44017 \begin_layout Standard
44018 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44019 and you can define additional indexes.
44020 Please refer to section
44021 \begin_inset space ~
44025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44027 reference "sec:Index"
44034 \begin_layout Section
44038 \begin_layout Standard
44039 The PDF properties are explained in section
44040 \begin_inset space ~
44044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44046 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44053 \begin_layout Section
44057 \begin_layout Standard
44058 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44063 \begin_inset Index idx
44066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44067 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44077 \begin_inset Index idx
44080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44081 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44086 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44089 \begin_layout Standard
44094 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44095 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
44098 \begin_layout Standard
44103 is used for special integral characters.
44106 \begin_layout Section
44110 \begin_layout Standard
44111 The float placement options are described in section
44112 \begin_inset space ~
44116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44118 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
44125 \begin_layout Section
44129 \begin_layout Standard
44130 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44131 The itemize environment is described in section
44132 \begin_inset space ~
44136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44138 reference "sec:Itemize"
44145 \begin_layout Section
44149 \begin_layout Standard
44150 Branches are described in section
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44157 reference "sec:Branches"
44164 \begin_layout Section
44166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44168 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44175 \begin_layout Standard
44176 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44179 \begin_layout Description
44181 \begin_inset space ~
44185 \begin_inset space ~
44188 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44208 View Master Document
44209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44216 Update Master Document
44217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44224 menu or the toolbar.
44225 The default is set in
44227 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44228 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44233 LatexCommand formatted
44234 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44241 \begin_layout Description
44243 \begin_inset space ~
44247 \begin_inset space ~
44251 \begin_inset Note Note
44254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44263 \begin_layout Description
44265 \begin_inset space ~
44269 \begin_inset space ~
44273 \begin_inset Note Note
44276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44285 \begin_layout Section
44290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44300 \begin_layout Standard
44301 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44302 to define LaTeX-commands.
44303 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44304 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44308 \begin_layout Standard
44309 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44316 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44323 \begin_layout Chapter
44329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44331 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
44336 \begin_inset Index idx
44339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44348 \begin_layout Standard
44349 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44351 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44355 It has the following submenus.
44358 \begin_layout Section
44362 \begin_layout Subsection
44366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44367 User Interface File
44368 \begin_inset Index idx
44371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44372 Customization ! of toolbars
44378 \begin_inset Index idx
44381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 Customization ! of menus
44390 \begin_layout Standard
44391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44399 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44408 \begin_layout Standard
44409 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44410 interface (ui) file.
44411 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44412 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44421 Both files are loaded by the
44426 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44427 files and edit the entries.
44430 \begin_layout Standard
44431 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44443 entries must be ended with an explicit
44468 and in the case of the
44469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44481 The syntax for the entries is:
44484 \begin_layout Standard
44485 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44513 \begin_layout Standard
44515 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44518 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44520 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44522 \begin_inset space ~
44530 \begin_layout Standard
44531 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44537 \begin_layout Standard
44538 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44540 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44543 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44547 \begin_layout Standard
44548 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44572 \begin_layout Standard
44574 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44577 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44584 \begin_layout Standard
44587 Enable tool tips in main work area
44589 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44608 restoring of window layout and geometries
44610 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44611 in the last LyX session.
44614 \begin_layout Standard
44617 Restore cursor positions
44619 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44623 \begin_layout Standard
44626 Load opened files from last session
44628 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44631 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44635 name "sub:Backup documents"
44640 \begin_inset Index idx
44643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44652 \begin_layout Standard
44657 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44660 \begin_layout Standard
44665 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44668 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44670 \begin_inset space ~
44678 \begin_layout Standard
44681 Open documents in tabs
44683 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44687 \begin_layout Subsection
44689 \begin_inset Index idx
44692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44701 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44708 \begin_layout Standard
44709 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44712 \begin_layout Standard
44713 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44721 This section only deals with the fonts
44726 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44729 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44730 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44741 \begin_layout Standard
44742 By default, LyX uses
44746 as roman (serif) font,
44754 (depends on the system) as
44757 \begin_inset space ~
44773 \begin_layout Standard
44774 You can change the font size with the
44779 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44780 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44783 \begin_layout Standard
44788 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44789 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44794 points have the size of 1
44795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44799 \begin_inset space ~
44803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44805 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44812 \begin_layout Standard
44817 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44822 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44823 \begin_inset space ~
44827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44829 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44836 \begin_layout Standard
44839 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44841 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44842 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44843 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44844 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44846 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44847 \begin_inset space ~
44853 \begin_layout Subsection
44855 \begin_inset Index idx
44858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44865 \begin_inset Index idx
44868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44877 \begin_layout Standard
44878 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44879 Choose an item in the list and use the
44886 \begin_layout Subsection
44888 \begin_inset Index idx
44891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44900 \begin_layout Standard
44901 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44904 \begin_layout Standard
44909 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44910 This feature is described in section
44911 \begin_inset space ~
44915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44917 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44924 \begin_layout Standard
44928 \begin_inset space ~
44932 \begin_inset space ~
44936 \begin_inset space ~
44941 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44944 \begin_layout Section
44946 \begin_inset Index idx
44949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44958 \begin_layout Subsection
44962 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44966 \begin_layout Standard
44969 Cursor follows scrollbar
44971 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44975 \begin_layout Standard
44976 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44981 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44982 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44985 \begin_layout Standard
44988 Sort environments alphabetically
44990 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44993 \begin_layout Standard
44996 Group environments by their category
44998 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45001 \begin_layout Standard
45002 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45018 \begin_layout Standard
45019 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45024 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45025 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45029 \begin_layout Subsection
45031 \begin_inset Index idx
45034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45041 \begin_inset Index idx
45044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45045 Settings ! Shortcuts
45053 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45057 \begin_layout Standard
45058 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45059 Several binding files are available:
45062 \begin_layout Description
45063 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45066 \begin_layout Description
45067 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45078 \begin_layout Description
45079 mac.bind set of bindings for
45082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45090 \begin_layout Standard
45091 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45095 , and bind files for special languages.
45096 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45101 \begin_inset space \space{}
45105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45113 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45117 \begin_layout Standard
45118 Some bind-files, like
45122 , have only a small scope.
45123 When looking at the end of the file
45127 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45134 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45139 \begin_inset Index idx
45142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45143 Key Bindings ! Editing
45151 \begin_layout Standard
45152 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45153 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45154 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45157 Show key-bindings containing
45160 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45161 Insert there for example as keyword
45162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45169 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45179 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45180 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45184 that you will find in the
45191 \begin_layout Standard
45193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45197 \begin_inset space \space{}
45208 , select the function and press the
45213 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45214 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45215 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45216 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45217 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45219 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45221 The binding for the function
45225 is an example of this.
45228 \begin_layout Standard
45229 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45231 The syntax of the entries is:
45234 \begin_layout Standard
45240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45258 \begin_layout Subsection
45260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45262 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45267 \begin_inset Index idx
45270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45277 \begin_inset Index idx
45280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45281 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45289 \begin_layout Standard
45290 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45291 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45297 \begin_inset space \space{}
45300 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45301 can use the keyboard map file named
45308 \begin_layout Standard
45309 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45317 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45325 \begin_layout Standard
45326 Besides this, you can specify here the
45328 Wheel scrolling speed
45331 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45335 \begin_layout Subsection
45337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45339 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45344 \begin_inset Index idx
45347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45356 \begin_layout Standard
45357 Input completion is described in sec.
45358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45364 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45369 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45371 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45372 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45376 \begin_layout Section
45378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45385 \begin_inset Index idx
45388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45395 \begin_inset Index idx
45398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45407 \begin_layout Description
45409 \begin_inset space ~
45412 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45413 It is the default when you
45424 \begin_inset space ~
45432 \begin_layout Description
45434 \begin_inset space ~
45437 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45439 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45441 \begin_inset space ~
45445 \begin_inset space ~
45453 \begin_layout Description
45455 \begin_inset space ~
45458 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45464 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45468 \begin_inset Newline newline
45472 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45484 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45492 \begin_layout Description
45494 \begin_inset space ~
45498 \begin_inset Index idx
45501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45507 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45508 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45509 \begin_inset space ~
45513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45515 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45523 will be used to save the backups.
45524 \begin_inset Newline newline
45527 The backup files have the ending
45528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45538 \begin_layout Description
45543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45550 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45551 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45552 \begin_inset Newline newline
45559 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45560 You can edit this file with the program
45569 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45572 \begin_inset space ~
45578 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45583 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45584 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45590 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45591 \begin_inset Newline newline
45595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45603 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45611 \begin_layout Description
45613 \begin_inset space ~
45616 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45619 \begin_layout Description
45621 \begin_inset space ~
45624 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45625 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45626 to find it on the system.
45627 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45628 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45637 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45638 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45642 \begin_layout Section
45646 \begin_layout Standard
45647 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45648 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45650 \begin_inset space ~
45654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45656 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45660 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45663 \begin_layout Section
45665 \begin_inset Index idx
45668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45669 Language ! Settings
45675 \begin_inset Index idx
45678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45679 Settings ! Language
45687 \begin_layout Subsection
45689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45691 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45698 \begin_layout Description
45700 \begin_inset space ~
45704 \begin_inset space ~
45707 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45708 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45709 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45710 You find the actual translation status here:
45711 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45713 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45714 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45721 \begin_layout Description
45723 \begin_inset space ~
45726 language is the language used in new documents
45729 \begin_layout Description
45731 \begin_inset space ~
45734 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45736 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45737 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45754 The most widespread language package is
45758 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45759 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45760 with an alternative language package (
45764 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45765 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45767 \begin_inset Newline newline
45770 The available selections are:
45774 \begin_layout Itemize
45784 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45788 \begin_layout Itemize
45794 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45795 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45796 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45799 \begin_layout Itemize
45805 Lets you load some other language package (via
45818 \begin_layout Itemize
45824 Loads no language package at all
45828 \begin_layout Description
45830 \begin_inset space ~
45834 \begin_inset space ~
45837 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45841 \begin_layout Description
45843 \begin_inset space ~
45846 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45847 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45848 An example is the start command
45854 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45859 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45874 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45879 \begin_layout Description
45881 \begin_inset space ~
45889 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45890 command toggles the package on and off.
45893 \begin_layout Description
45895 \begin_inset space ~
45899 \begin_inset space ~
45902 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45903 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45904 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45905 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45912 \begin_layout Description
45914 \begin_inset space ~
45917 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45919 When this option is not set, the
45922 \begin_inset space ~
45927 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45928 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45931 \begin_inset space ~
45939 \begin_layout Description
45941 \begin_inset space ~
45947 \begin_inset space ~
45953 When it is not set, the
45956 \begin_inset space ~
45961 is set to the end of the document.
45964 \begin_layout Description
45966 \begin_inset space ~
45970 \begin_inset space ~
45973 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45974 language will be underlined blue.
45977 \begin_layout Description
45979 \begin_inset space ~
45983 \begin_inset space ~
45986 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45987 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45990 \begin_layout Description
45992 \begin_inset space ~
45995 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45996 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45997 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45998 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46001 \begin_layout Subsection
46005 \begin_layout Standard
46006 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46007 \begin_inset space ~
46011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46013 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46020 \begin_layout Section
46024 \begin_layout Subsection
46026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46033 \begin_inset Index idx
46036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46043 \begin_inset Index idx
46046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46055 \begin_layout Description
46057 \begin_inset space ~
46060 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46061 The name will be used when the
46066 \begin_inset Newline newline
46070 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46078 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46086 \begin_layout Description
46088 \begin_inset space ~
46092 \begin_inset space ~
46096 \begin_inset space ~
46099 printer This option works only for the
46104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46116 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46117 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46120 \begin_layout Description
46122 \begin_inset space ~
46125 command is the command LyX
46126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46133 LaTeX uses for printing.
46134 The default is on most systems
46141 \begin_layout Description
46143 \begin_inset space ~
46147 \begin_inset space ~
46150 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46151 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46152 of the program that provides the
46159 \begin_layout Subsection
46161 \begin_inset Index idx
46164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46171 \begin_inset Index idx
46174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46175 Settings ! Date format
46183 \begin_layout Standard
46184 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46185 \begin_inset Newline newline
46189 \begin_inset Flex URL
46192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46194 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46200 \begin_inset Newline newline
46203 For example the format
46204 \begin_inset Newline newline
46208 \begin_inset Newline newline
46211 prints the date as day/month/year.
46214 \begin_layout Subsection
46218 \begin_layout Description
46220 \begin_inset space ~
46224 \begin_inset space ~
46227 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46230 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46231 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46233 \begin_inset space ~
46239 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46243 \begin_layout Description
46245 \begin_inset space ~
46248 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46253 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46254 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46257 \begin_layout Subsection
46262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46272 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46277 \begin_inset Index idx
46280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46289 \begin_layout Description
46291 \begin_inset space ~
46298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46306 \begin_inset space ~
46310 \begin_inset space ~
46313 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46318 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46340 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46353 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46354 LyX sets up in the background.
46355 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46358 \begin_layout Description
46360 \begin_inset space ~
46364 \begin_inset space ~
46367 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46372 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46375 \begin_layout Standard
46376 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46377 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46378 manuals of the applications.
46379 Currently the following commands can be set:
46382 \begin_layout Description
46387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46395 \begin_inset space ~
46398 command Command for the program
46402 that is described in the section
46408 Additional Features
46413 \begin_layout Description
46418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46426 \begin_inset space ~
46429 command Command for the program
46433 that generates the bibliography, see section
46434 \begin_inset space ~
46438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46440 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46447 \begin_layout Description
46449 \begin_inset space ~
46452 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46453 \begin_inset space ~
46457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46459 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46466 \begin_layout Description
46468 \begin_inset space ~
46471 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46472 \begin_inset space ~
46476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46478 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46485 \begin_layout Description
46487 \begin_inset space ~
46491 \begin_inset space ~
46495 \begin_inset space ~
46499 \begin_inset space ~
46502 options They only have an effect when the program
46506 is used as DVI-viewer.
46509 \begin_layout Standard
46510 There are additionally the following options:
46513 \begin_layout Description
46515 \begin_inset space ~
46519 \begin_inset space ~
46523 \begin_inset space ~
46527 \begin_inset space ~
46531 \begin_inset space ~
46534 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46552 to separate folders.
46553 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46554 \begin_inset Index idx
46557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46564 \begin_inset Index idx
46567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46576 \begin_layout Description
46578 \begin_inset space ~
46582 \begin_inset space ~
46586 \begin_inset space ~
46590 \begin_inset space ~
46594 \begin_inset space ~
46598 \begin_inset space ~
46601 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46606 dialog when changing the document class.
46609 \begin_layout Section
46611 \begin_inset space ~
46615 \begin_inset Index idx
46618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46627 \begin_layout Subsection
46629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46631 name "sub:Converters"
46636 \begin_inset Index idx
46639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46648 \begin_layout Standard
46649 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46650 from one format to another.
46651 You can modify them or create new ones.
46652 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46659 \begin_inset space ~
46669 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46673 \begin_inset space ~
46678 drop-down list, modify the
46682 field, and press the
46689 \begin_layout Standard
46692 Converter File Cache
46694 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46697 Maximum Age (in days
46700 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46701 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46704 \begin_layout Standard
46705 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46706 the converter definition, is described in the section
46717 \begin_layout Subsection
46719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46721 name "sec:File-Formats"
46726 \begin_inset Index idx
46729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46736 \begin_inset Index idx
46739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46748 \begin_layout Standard
46749 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46750 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46754 \begin_layout Standard
46755 Furthermore, you can define the
46756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46759 Default output format
46760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46763 that is used when you hit
46764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46783 View Master Document
46784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46791 Update Master Document
46792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46795 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46798 \begin_layout Standard
46799 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46800 is described in the section
46811 \begin_layout Standard
46812 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46813 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46814 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46815 This is done by specifying a
46820 More about this is described in the section
46831 \begin_layout Chapter
46832 Units available in LyX
46833 \begin_inset Index idx
46836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46845 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46852 \begin_layout Standard
46853 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46856 reference "cap:Units"
46860 explains all units available in LyX.
46863 \begin_layout Standard
46864 \begin_inset Float table
46870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46871 \begin_inset Caption
46873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46889 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46897 \begin_inset Tabular
46898 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46899 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46901 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47052 scaled point (65536
47053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47113 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47168 % of original image width
47175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47382 \begin_layout Chapter
47384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47393 \begin_layout Standard
47394 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47395 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47398 \begin_layout Itemize
47401 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47404 \begin_layout Itemize
47410 \begin_layout Itemize
47416 \begin_layout Itemize
47422 \begin_layout Itemize
47428 \begin_layout Itemize
47434 \begin_layout Itemize
47440 \begin_layout Itemize
47446 \begin_layout Itemize
47449 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47452 \begin_layout Itemize
47458 \begin_layout Itemize
47464 \begin_layout Itemize
47470 \begin_layout Itemize
47476 \begin_layout Itemize
47482 \begin_layout Itemize
47488 \begin_layout Itemize
47494 \begin_layout Itemize
47500 \begin_layout Itemize
47502 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47511 \begin_layout Standard
47512 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47515 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47522 \begin_layout Bibliography
47523 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47524 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47525 LatexCommand bibitem
47532 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47535 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47540 \begin_inset Newline newline
47544 \begin_inset Flex URL
47547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47549 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47557 \begin_layout Bibliography
47558 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47559 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47560 LatexCommand bibitem
47561 key "latexcompanion"
47565 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47567 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47570 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47573 \begin_layout Bibliography
47574 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47575 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47576 LatexCommand bibitem
47581 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47584 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47587 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47590 \begin_layout Bibliography
47591 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47592 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47593 LatexCommand bibitem
47600 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47603 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47606 \begin_layout Bibliography
47607 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47608 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47609 LatexCommand bibitem
47621 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47624 \begin_layout Bibliography
47625 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47626 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47627 LatexCommand bibitem
47633 \begin_inset Newline newline
47637 \begin_inset Flex URL
47640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47642 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47650 \begin_layout Bibliography
47651 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47652 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47653 LatexCommand bibitem
47659 \begin_inset Newline newline
47663 \begin_inset Flex URL
47666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47668 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47676 \begin_layout Bibliography
47677 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47679 LatexCommand bibitem
47685 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47687 name "Documentation"
47688 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47697 \begin_inset Newline newline
47701 \begin_inset Flex URL
47704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47706 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47714 \begin_layout Bibliography
47715 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47717 LatexCommand bibitem
47723 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47725 name "Documentation"
47726 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47730 how to use the program
47735 \begin_inset Newline newline
47739 \begin_inset Flex URL
47742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47744 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47752 \begin_layout Bibliography
47753 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47754 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47755 LatexCommand bibitem
47761 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47763 name "Documentation"
47764 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47773 \begin_inset Newline newline
47777 \begin_inset Flex URL
47780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47782 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47790 \begin_layout Bibliography
47791 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47793 LatexCommand bibitem
47799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47801 name "Documentation"
47802 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47811 \begin_inset Newline newline
47815 \begin_inset Flex URL
47818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47820 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47828 \begin_layout Bibliography
47829 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47830 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47831 LatexCommand bibitem
47837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47839 name "Documentation"
47840 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47844 of the LaTeX-package
47849 \begin_inset Index idx
47852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47853 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47859 \begin_inset Newline newline
47863 \begin_inset Flex URL
47866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47868 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47876 \begin_layout Bibliography
47877 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47878 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47879 LatexCommand bibitem
47885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47887 name "Documentation"
47888 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47892 of the LaTeX-package
47897 \begin_inset Index idx
47900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47901 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47907 \begin_inset Newline newline
47911 \begin_inset Flex URL
47914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47916 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47924 \begin_layout Bibliography
47925 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47926 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47927 LatexCommand bibitem
47933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47935 name "Documentation"
47936 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47940 of the LaTeX-package
47945 \begin_inset Index idx
47948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47949 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47955 \begin_inset Newline newline
47959 \begin_inset Flex URL
47962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47964 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47972 \begin_layout Bibliography
47973 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47974 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47975 LatexCommand bibitem
47983 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47985 name "Documentation"
47986 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47992 of the LaTeX-package
47997 \begin_inset Index idx
48000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48001 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48007 \begin_inset Newline newline
48011 \begin_inset Flex URL
48014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48016 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48024 \begin_layout Bibliography
48025 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48026 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48027 LatexCommand bibitem
48033 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48035 name "Documentation"
48036 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48040 of the LaTeX-package
48045 \begin_inset Index idx
48048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48049 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48055 \begin_inset Newline newline
48059 \begin_inset Flex URL
48062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48064 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48072 \begin_layout Bibliography
48073 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48074 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48075 LatexCommand bibitem
48081 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48083 name "Documentation"
48084 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48088 of the LaTeX-package
48093 \begin_inset Index idx
48096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48097 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48103 \begin_inset Newline newline
48107 \begin_inset Flex URL
48110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48112 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48120 \begin_layout Bibliography
48121 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48122 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48123 LatexCommand bibitem
48129 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48132 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48136 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48137 \begin_inset Newline newline
48141 \begin_inset Flex URL
48144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48146 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48154 \begin_layout Bibliography
48155 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48157 LatexCommand bibitem
48163 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48166 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48170 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48171 \begin_inset Newline newline
48175 \begin_inset Flex URL
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48180 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48188 \begin_layout Bibliography
48189 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48191 LatexCommand bibitem
48197 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48200 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48204 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48205 \begin_inset Newline newline
48209 \begin_inset Flex URL
48212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48214 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48222 \begin_layout Bibliography
48223 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48225 LatexCommand bibitem
48231 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48234 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48238 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48239 \begin_inset Newline newline
48243 \begin_inset Flex URL
48246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48248 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48256 \begin_layout Bibliography
48257 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48258 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48259 LatexCommand bibitem
48265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48268 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48272 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48273 \begin_inset Newline newline
48277 \begin_inset Flex URL
48280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48282 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48290 \begin_layout Bibliography
48291 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48292 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48293 LatexCommand bibitem
48299 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48302 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48306 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48307 \begin_inset Newline newline
48311 \begin_inset Flex URL
48314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48316 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48324 \begin_layout Bibliography
48325 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48326 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48327 LatexCommand bibitem
48333 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48336 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48340 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48341 \begin_inset Newline newline
48345 \begin_inset Flex URL
48348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48350 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48358 \begin_layout Bibliography
48359 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48361 LatexCommand bibitem
48367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48370 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48374 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48375 \begin_inset Newline newline
48379 \begin_inset Flex URL
48382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48384 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48392 \begin_layout Bibliography
48393 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48394 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48395 LatexCommand bibitem
48401 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48404 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48408 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48409 \begin_inset Newline newline
48413 \begin_inset Flex URL
48416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48418 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48426 \begin_layout Bibliography
48427 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48428 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48429 LatexCommand bibitem
48435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48438 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48442 about new features in
48447 \begin_inset Newline newline
48451 \begin_inset Flex URL
48454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48456 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48464 \begin_layout Standard
48465 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48499 \begin_inset Note Note
48502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48509 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48510 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48511 bibliography is the second one:
48519 \begin_layout Standard
48520 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48521 LatexCommand bibtex
48522 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48523 options "biblio/alphadin"
48530 \begin_layout Standard
48531 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48534 \begin_layout Standard
48535 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48536 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48542 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48543 LatexCommand printindex